Você está na página 1de 212

- - - - - -

--

I T M
UNIVERSITY

ONLINE

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

Table of Content

1.

eBook

Fundamentals of Marketing

1.1

Introduction

1.2

Meaning

1.3

Difference between

1.4

Scope of Marketing

10

1.5

Nature of Marketing

11

1.6

Importance of Marketing

12

1. 7

Functions of Marketing

13

1.8

Core Marketing

14

1. 9

Company Orientation toward

1.10

Holistic Marketing

18

1.11

Non-traditional

21

1.12

Chapter Summary

2.

Marketing

and

7
Definition of Marketing
Marketing and

Selling

Concepts
the Marketplace

23

Planning

24

Introduction

2.2

Definition and

2.3

Difference between Strategic Planning and

2.4

Definition and

2.5

Frequent Mistakes in

2.6

The P l a n n i n g

2.7

Steps in

2.8

Steps for Developing

2.9

Chapter Summary

Marketing

25
Objectives of Plans

26

Objectives of Marketing
Planning

Marketing

Planning

27

Plan

27

Process

28
30

Process

Planning

Process
an

32

Effective Marketing

Plan

35
41

42

Environment

43

3.1

Introduction

3.2

Meaning

3.3

Internal and

3.4

Components of Marketing

3.5

Chapter Summary

4.

17

Marketing

2.1

3.

and

Definition of Marketing
External

Consumer Buying

44

Environment

45

Environment

45

Environment

58

59

Behavior

60

4.1

Introduction

4.2

Consumer Behavior:

4.3

Significance of Understanding

4.4

Black Box Model of Consumer Behavior

www.itmuniversityonline.org

An

61

Enigma
Consumer Behavior

61
61

Page 2

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

Table of Content

eBook

4.5

Characteristics Affecting

4.6

Types of B u y i n g

4.7

The Buyer Decision

Process

4.8

The Buyer Decision

Process for New

4.9

Chapter Summary

5.

Consumer Behavior

Decision

63

Behavior

71

73
Products

75

79

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

80

Positioning

81

5.1

Introduction

5.2

Meaning

5.3

Criteria for Effective

5.4

Levels of Market Segmentation

83

5.5

Patterns of Market Segmentation

85

5.6

Steps in Segmenting

86

5.7

Bases of Segmenting

5.8

Bases for Segmentation of Business Markets

91

5.9

Market Targeting

92

5.10

Differentiation and

5.11

Choosing

5.12

Bases of Positioning

100

5.13

Positioning

101

5.14

Product

5.15

Repositioning

5.16

Repositioning

5.17

Chapter Summary

6.

Creating

and

83

Market Segmentation

a Market

87

Consumer Markets

96

Positioning

a Differentiation and

Positioning

96

Strategy

Errors

Positioning

and

82

Definition of Market Segmentation

and

Brand

101

Positioning

102
104

Strategies

106

107

Managing the Product

108

6.1

Introduction

6.2

Meaning

6.3

Product Characteristics

110

6.4

Classification of Products

111

6. 5

Levels of Products

114

6.6

Product-line

115

6. 7

Product-mix

118

6.8

Product Life Cycle (PLC)

121

6.9

PLC Characteristics,

6.10

Definition and

and

109

Definitions of a Product

Objectives, and

124

Strategies

125

Meaning of Brand

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 3

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

Table of Content

eBook

6.11

Importance of Branding

6.12

Important Terms Associated

6.13

M a j o r Brand

6.14

Elements of Branding

132

6.15

Packaging

134

6.16

Decisions on

6.17

Labeling

136

6.18

Chapter Summary

137

7.

Strategy

126
with

Branding

127

Decisions

127

Packaging

135

138

Pricing

139

7.1

Introduction

7.2

Meaning

7.3

The Strategic Role of Price

140

7.4

Objectives of Pricing

141

7.5

Factors Affecting

7.6

How Companies Price?

146

7.7

Setting

146

7.8

Approaches to Pricing

152

7.9

Economic Approach to Pricing

153

7.10

Pricing

154

7.11

Chapter Summary

8.

Marketing

and

140

Definition of Pricing

Pricing

144

Decisions

the Price

Strategies

156

Channels

157

8.1

Introduction

158

8.2

Definition of Channel of Distribution

159

8.3

Channel

Functions and

159

8.4

Channel

Levels

8.5

Channel

Behavior and

8.6

Channel

Design

8.7

Channel

Management Decisions

8.8

Marketing

8.9

Chapter Summary

Flows

163
Organization

165

Decisions

Logistics and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

S u p p l y Chain

170
174
Management

178
182

Page 4

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

Table of Content

9.

Integrated

eBook

Marketing

Communications

9.1

Introduction

9.2

Meaning

9. 3

A View of Communication

9.4

Marketing

9.5

Developing

9.6

Chapter Summary

and

183
184

Definition

185
Process

Communications

185

Mix

188

Effective Communications

190
200

10. Marketing of Services

201

10.1

Introduction

202

10.2

Definition of Services

203

10.3

Difference between Goods Marketing

10.4

Services Marketing

10. 5

Characteristics of Services

10.6

Implications of Service Characteristics and

10. 7

Reasons for Growth of Services

211

10.8

Career Opportunities in the Service Sector

213

10.9

Industries Classified

214

10.10

Emerging

10.11

Ethics in Services Marketing

216

10.12

Chapter Summary

217

and

Marketing

203

Mix

205
207
Ways of Overcoming Them

208

under Service Sector

Options for the Youth of India

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Services

in Service Sector

214

Page

Fundamentals
of M a r k e t i n g

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

1 . 1 Introduction
Marketing
your

has become an

day-to-day

Officially

indispensable

activities,

or unofficially,

right

people and

individuals relate marketing


in

reality,

marketing
wants.

It

it

is much

is
also

the

from

with

part of everyone's
brushing

creates

of u n d e r s t a n d i n g

and

solutions that deliver

Thus,
the

in order to

marketplace

relationships with

be a leader,
and

try

to

and

is deeply embedded

to

the

clothes

by marketing

satisfaction

looking

customers,

transform

it

need

into

to

to

in

you

wear.

24/7.

Many

However,

In simple terminology,

the

customer's

needs

the customers and

and

profit and

respectively.

not

organizations

advertising.

responding

stakeholders,

Today's successful organizations are simply


long-term

It

personal s e l l i n g , advertisement or promotion.

benefits to the manufacturers and

building

teeth

organizations are encircled

more than the act of selling

means

your

life.

by
to

for sales

delivering

and

involved

quality service and

understand

products

but are also

the

needs and

services

to

win

in

value.

wants of
customer

approval.

This

chapter

will

set

the

foundations

of

marketing,

by

explaining

several

important

concepts of marketing.

After reading t h i s chapter,

you

will

be able to:

Define marketing

Distinguish

Describe the nature of marketing

Explain the core concepts in marketing

Explain

Explain the different categories of non-traditional marketing

between marketing and

selling

holistic marketing

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 7

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

1 . 2 Meaning
Marketing

is,

and

Definition of M a r k e t i n g

fundamentally,

changing

needs

individual

and

of

eBook

about

customers.

of society.

It

assembling
deals

Marketing

with

identifying

managers,

fit into the needs of their target customers.

organizational

usually,

resources to

and

design

In simple terms,

meeting

the

meet

the

needs

of

products or services that

marketing

is about meeting

the needs of customers profitably.

Some important definitions of marketing are:


According

to

planning

and

goods

the

American

executing

and

service

Marketing

the

to

Association,

conception,

create

pricing,

exchanges

"Marketing
promotion

that

is

the

and

satisfy

process

of

distribution

of

individual

and

organizational objectives."

In

the

words

which

of

Philip

individuals

Kotler,

and

"Marketing

groups

obtain

is

social

what

and

they

managerial

need

and

process

want

by

through

creating, offering and exchanging products of value with others."

Pride

and

Ferrel

promoting,

and

defined

marketing

pricing

goods,

as,

"the

services,

process

of

and

ideas

the

whole

creating,

to

distributing,

facilitate

exchange

relationships in a dynamic environment."

According

to

Peter

F.

Drucker,

point of view of its final

1.3
Many

people think that

marketing

differences

the difference

between

is

business

seen

from

the

result, that is, from the customer's point of view."

Difference between

considerable

to the

"Marketing

between

them

as

M a r k e t i n g and S e l l i n g
and

selling

both

both,

are synonyms of each other

of them.

marketing

Marketing
and

managers

selling,

bring

but there are

must

understand

different orientations

business.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 8

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

The differences between marketing

eBook

and

selling

are displayed

in Table

1.3a.

Points of
Marketing

Selling

Difference
Marketing

Scope

involves a l l the

Selling

involves activities

activities that start from

that are undertaken for

the

the distribution of products

idea of producing

goods and

end

with the

satisfaction of the needs of

that are produced

by the

company.

customers, even after the


product
Objective

Focus

Orientation

is sold.

The objective of marketing

The objective of selling

is to make profits t h r o u g h

to make profits by selling

the accomplishment of

more quantities of

customer satisfaction.

manufactured

It focuses on the needs of

It focuses on the needs of

customers.

sellers.

Marketing

Selling

is customer-

is

is

products.

product-oriented.

oriented.
Approach

Marketing converts

S e l l i n g converts products

customer needs into

into cash.

products.
Price Determination

In the marketing

process,

In the selling

process,

cost

customer needs are the

determines the price of the

driving

product.

force that

determines the price of the


product.
End-result

The marketing
continues,

build

as

it

process
favors to

The end-result of selling

is

the sale of the product.

long-term

relationships with target


customers.

Table

1.3a:

Difference between

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Marketing and Selling

Page 9

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

1 . 4 Scope of M a r k e t i n g
Marketing activities are directed

toward

w i l l satisfy customer needs and

The areas that marketing

bring

the development and

promotion of products that

welfare to society as a whole.

activities can think of discovering

are:

Goods
Goods

refer

to

tangible

televisions, and

items

computers.

that

are

Maximum

produced

by

companies,

such

marketing activities are connected

as

watches,

with the sale of

these goods to final users.

Concept
Each

market

ideas

in

the

promoting

offering
form

of

awareness

comprises a
products
about

basic concept

and

AIDS

services.
and

or

idea.

Social

family

Marketing

marketers

planning,

managers

encourage

which

fall

sell

such

under

the

these

ideas

by

scope

of

social marketing.

Organization

Organizations
target
gains

are

customers.
utmost

trying
In

to

develop

highly

importance.

positive

competitive

Colleges,

and

strong

market,

museums,

the

and

image

in

the

marketing

non-profit

of

minds

an

of their

organization

organizations

use

this

concept to establish a favorable p u b l i c image.

Service

As

the economy

The

works

of

is expanding,

teachers,

marketing

lawyers,

activities are

airlines,

hotels,

now giving

engineers,

e m p h a s i s to

etc.,

all

come

services.

under

the

category of service marketing.

Event
Organizations

are

anniversaries,

etc.

offerings

with

aggressively
and

these

awareness and

promoting

strengthening

events.

increase brand

Many

events,

such

their

image

by

events

are

also

as

trade

connecting

shows,

company

themselves

sponsored,

in

order

and
to

their

create

recognition.

Place
Geographical

locations,

attract tourists,

such

as

business houses,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

cities,
and

nations,

towns,

and

states,

are

promoted

residential areas.

Page

10

to

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

Property
Property
se l l i n g

refers

to

property

the

intangible

requires

se l l i n g of residential and

rights

marketing.

of

Real

commercial

real

property

estate

agents

or f i n a n c i a l
are

assets.

involved

in

the

Buying

and

buying

and

real estates.

1 . 5 Nature of Marketing
The nature of marketing

Marketing
science,

is

used

positivist

can

combination
for

of art

marketing

approach.

scientific

be explained

Many

approach

of

profitability of retail

of

science.

studies,

natural

has

have

science,

locations,

patterns

and

models

advantages of this approach


identification

with the help of the following

and

gained
been

in

scientific
favor

order

to

approach

from

developed

price-volume

is that

and

The

the

with

relationships.

better

natural

basis

consumer

of

the

of

the

behavior,

One of the greatest

it states a great objectivity.

trends

of

supporters

on

predict

points:

confidence,

This
as

results

in the

compared

to

casual observation.

In

the

year

1998,

the

metrics' its research


UK,

initiated

should

the

in

it

has

closed

Therefore,

thus,

This

argued

that

method

in

which

the

research
capable

cannot

approach

keep

what

considered

scientific and

science

investigators

all

In

believes
reality,

measurement.

forecasting

inquiry

made

the

Institute of Marketing,

highlights

methods

hold

all

'marketing

that

be duplicated.

cannot

simply

science usually
the

research

unrelated

be

includes
variables

isolate the effects of changes in the variable.

framework.
of

of

research of natural

the effect of changes of price on


factors

marketers u s u a l l y work in the open system,

Post-positivist

USA,

that the results should

natural

The experimental

investigator studying

customers

Institute,

On s i m i l a r lines, the Chartered

program.

been

system

the

Sciences

out in a logical manner and

marketing.

constant and

from

priority.

similar

be carried

However,
copied

Marketing

will

combination

of

the

the world

They

happen

that

in
art

believe
periods
and

constant,

as compared

truth

cannot
that
of

will

never

scientific

science,

and

price.

to the closed

be d i v i d e d

turbulent

creative approaches in a balanced

www.itmuniversityonline.org

besides

the demand

be

Moreover,
system.

recognized

in

i n t o variables that are

approach

change.

is

Thus,

successful

not

good

at

marketing

organizations

manner.

Page

11

is

use

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

Marketing

is

oriented

toward

eBook

consumers,

as

b e g i n s with consumers and ends at consumers,

Marketing

well

as,

competitors.

by meeting

is the key function of management and also, an

Typically,

it

their needs.

integrated

process that

is based on strategies and models.

Maximization of profits is the long-term objective of marketing and

it accomplishes

this objective through customer satisfaction.

1 . 6 I m p o r t a n c e of Marketing
Points that h i g h l i g h t the importance of marketing are:

Marketing

helps

raise the standard

the demand of new and existing

It

offers

tremendous job

of living

of a society,

products and

o p p o rt u n i t i e s

in

by creating

and

growing

services.

areas

like

personal

selling,

packaging,

storage, transportation, product development, and advertising.

An

efficient

marketing

system

trims

down

the

cost

of

distribution,

and

in

this

manner, products are offered to consumers at a reasonable price.

Marketing

provides

knowledge to

consumers about

the

latest

technology

through

the means of its promotional tools.

Marketing

boosts

up

demand,

which

directly

fuels

production

activities

in

the

country. This results in an increase in the national income.

Marketing

activities

help

produce

profits,

which

are

necessary

for

the

continued

existence of business enterprises.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 12

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

1 . 7 F u n c t i o n s of Marketing
Marketing
and

carries out eight universal functions of b u y i n g ,

warehousing,

standardization

and

grading,

risk

selling,

taking,

transportation,

financing,

and

storage

marketing

information.

Buying
It

is

one

of

the

important

Marketers must decide


order to

be unbeaten

behavior.
products
and

that

will

ownership

how and

in

Additionally,

the

preference or liking

of

marketing

w h y consumers

marketplace,

retailers

capture

utilities

functions

the

and

other

minds

through

of

these

for purchases to

they

that

buy

is

out

must try to understand

buyers.

purchases,

at

many

particular products and

intermediaries

their

carried

must

Since

marketers

an

effort

generate

must

services.

In

consumer-buying

make

they

levels.

to

time,

forecast

find

place,

consumer

be made numerous months later.

Selling
Selling
the

is crucial

marketing

services

at

organization

for the success of an organization

function.

high
in

The m a i n

profits.

Thus,

influencing

aim

in a marketplace.

of marketing

selling

activities

comprises

potential customers to

all

buy

is

those

to

It

is at the heart of

sell the

efforts

products and

that

help

the

its products.

Transportation
It

represents the

physical

movement of goods from

the

place of production to the

of consumption.

As the markets are geographically scattered,

strategy

in

Many

assists

corporate

transportation

bridging
giants,

systems

the
such

to

distance
as

ensure

between

Nirma

the

and

timely

the

delivery

an effective transportation

manufacturer

Bisleri,

are

of

place

now

products.

and

the

using

Such

customer.
their

own

transportation

systems also serve the purpose of promotions.

Storage and Warehousing


Storage
the
of

involves

the

preservation

time of their consumption.


products.

warehouses.

The

storage

Storage and

of products

This function

function

warehousing

makes

right

is crucial
sense

the t i m e of their

for the

only

create the place and

to make sense of the balance between supply and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

from

collection

after

the

production

and

distribution

establishment

time utility and

to

of

help the firm

demand.

Page

13

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

Standardization and Grading


Both,

standardization

products.

Quality and

and g r a d i n g

are closely connected

quantity control

standards and

functions that give uniformity to

grades help expand

the market.

Risk Taking
Risk

is

an

number

of

unavoidable
risks

government
rightfully

because

policies,

said

feature

that

of

any

of changes

technology,

marketing

is

business.

in

consumer

and

losses

risk-taking

marketer
buying

from

In

products

behavior,

natural

activity.

down the chances of risk t h r o u g h proper planning and

of

all

has

price,

face

competition,

calamities.
situations,

to

Hence,

firms

try

it
to

is
cut

forecasting.

Financing
Marketing

cannot

commence

without

the

impossible to conduct a bus iness without the


Marketers can arrange finance from

By accepting

an advance from

By accepting

money from

Marketing
The

on

potential

needs

of an

organization

market

information.

customers

understand
and

supply

of

money.

proper flow of adequate and

It

is

nearly

cheap finance.

the two sources:


wholesalers, for the supply of the products.

the banks and

granting

agencies to sell their products.

Information

success

based

smooth

the

from

of the

upon

Organizations

time-to-time.

customers'

wants

depends

buying

customers,

This

and

collect

in

Such
turn,

accurate

and

marketing

behavior.
which,

timely

decisions,

evaluate

information

information
helps the

which

information
helps

also

are

about

organizations

helps

organizations

identify
in

the

designing

appropriate products for the satisfaction of customers' needs and wants.

1 . 8 Core M a r k e t i n g Concepts
Here are some core marketing concepts,
Needs, Wants, and
Needs

shelter,

are

extended

Philip

Kotler:

human

required

to

necessities,

stay

alive.

such

as

Education,

air,

food,

healthcare,

water,

and

clothing,

entertainment

and

are

forms of needs.

Needs turn
need

are

by

Demands

fundamental

which

which are explained

into wants when

requirement.

Demand

they

are directed

to

particular

items

that

exists only when the want is accomplished

the w i l l i n g n e s s of the customer to pay for a specific

www.itmuniversityonline.org

might

satisfy

the

by the a b i l i t y and

product.

Page

14

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

Exchange and Transactions

Exchange involves activities that are related

to obtaining the product, service or ideas in

return for something.

For an exchange to take place, the following conditions are required:

Two parties, at least, are required for an exchange process.

Each party involved

Parties involved

The exchange

in the exchange is free to accept or reject the other's offer.

in the process trust that it is appropriate to deal with other party.

process that takes

place between the parties should

provide benefit

and satisfaction.

Each
one

party
and

in

the exchange

provide

the

process

delivery

must

of the

be able to communicate with

products

and

services

required

by

the other
the

other

party.

sol1'ething of value

tJ\Onev,credlt,labor, 900ds

So/J"Jeth/ng of value

Goods, services, ideas

Fig.

If two

parties

have

negotiated

agreeable terms, then

Transaction

is

defined

1.Sa:

Process of Exchange

to arrive

at

a conclusion

where they

mutually

settle

on

it can be said that a transaction has taken place.

as the

process of transfer of trade

parties, at agreed conditions, with a time and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

values

between

two

or more

place of agreement.

Page 1 5

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

F u n d a m e n t a l s of Marketing

eBook

Consumer and Customer

Many

times,

difference

the terms

between

customer

consumer and

the

is one who

two.

buys

customer are

A consumer

is

the

product or service,

used

actual

interchangeably

user

of a

but

product

either for t h e i r own

or

there

is a

service.

consumption

or for

others.

For example,
restaurant

if a restaurant

is

individual

considered

buys

a juicer

buys a juicer for making juice to serve

for

customer
his

or

her

and

not

own

use,

the

actual

then

the

its

patrons,

consumer.

individual

then

However,

is

referred

the

if

to

an

as

consumer.

Market

The

word

market

is derived

from

the

Latin word

Marcatus,

which

means a place where

business is conducted.

According
sharing

to
a

Philip

Kotler,

particular

"A

need

market

and

who

consists
might

of

be

all

the

willing

potential

to

able

customers

to

engage

in

exchange to satisfy that need."

Marketing

Mix

Marketing

mix

to

their marketing

pursue

are

product,

is the

price,

marketers need

divide

relatively

each
called

place,

meet

market

market
market

and

the

into

homogeneous

psychographic, and

After

objectives

and

needs.

that

is adopted

To

achieve

The four
success

by

the organizations

Ps of marketing
in

the

mix

marketplace,

examine all the elements of the marketing

needs

small,

tools

in the target market.

promotion.

Positioning, and

cannot

the

set of marketing

to understand

Target Markets,

Marketers

unique

mix.

Segmentation

and

wants

distinct,
Such

and

grouping

of

the

entire

identifiable
is

done

on

market.

groups
the

or

basis

Thus,

marketers

segments,
of

with

demographic,

behavioral differences.

segmentation,
segment and

the

marketer

decides which

identifies

and

assesses

segment gives m a x i m u m

the

attractiveness

opportunity,

of

which

is

positions

in

target market.

For each

target

market,

the

the mind

of its target customer, with some key benefit.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

marketer d e s i g n s the

product or

service

that

it

Page

16

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

Marketing

eBook

Environment

Marketing

environment

macroenvironment.

comprises

two

Microenvironment

production, distribution,

and

environments,

consists

of

microenvironment

factors

that

are

involved

and
in

the

promotion of market offerings.

A company's macroenvironment consists of the demographic environment,

political-legal

environment,

environment,

socio-cultural

environment,

economic

environment,

natural

and technological environment.

1 . 9 C o m p a n y Orientation toward the Marketplace


The

five

main

competing

concepts

under

which

organizations

conduct

marketing

activities are:
1.

Production Concept

This

is

one

consumers
in

cost.

of the
prefer

oldest

low

management

costs,

and

mass

organization wants to expand

2.

in

gives

According

available

attention

distribution.

in

to

This

to

it,

the

firms

believe

market

attaining

concept

and

high

is

useful

that

are

low

production
when

an

its market.

Product Concept

Product concept
performance,
on

making

believes that consumers prefer products that are better in quality,

and

features.

better

quality

An

organization

products

and

customers can appraise quality and

3.

business.

products that are generally

Therefore,

efficiency,

concepts

that follows t h i s concept concentrates

improving

them

over

time,

assuming

that

performance.

Selling Concept

The

selling

concept

believes

that consumers and

enough of the organization's


proper

selling

and

which

buyers,

encyclopedias,
overcapacity
market

wants.

company

and

t h a n creating

promotion

generally,
and

and

so

their

This
the

products,

This

not

think

on.

Most

plan

is to

concept

consumer,

does
as

concept
of

companies
sell

it

ordinarily

unless they are persuaded

effort.

do

businesses will

not

establish

emphasizes

useful

buying,

apply

what they

is

a
on

such

this

make,

for

unsought
life
when

rather t h a n

long-lasting
selling

what

goods,

insurance,
they

have

make what the

bond

between

they

have,

products that the market wants.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

buy

to do so through

as

concept

not

Page

17

the

rather

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

F u n d a m e n t a l s of Marketing

4.

Marketing Concept

According

to

depends on

the

marketing

identifying

better satisfaction
and

5.

eBook

than

needs and

is

Marketing

the

newest

organizations
target

markets,

interests.
societal

This

and

not

but

also,

initiative

marketing

achieving

T h i s concept

higher sales and

to

to

identify

protect

demands
in

General

that

concept

for

organizational

wants of its target markets and

marketing.

concerns

Holdings Corporation,
green

of

only

concept

ethical

key

believes

goals

in delivering

that customer focus

profits.

Concept

concept

exist

the

its competitors.

values are ways to achieve

Societal

It

the

concept,

helps

helps

Societal
and

the

that

their

satisfy

the

individual's
marketing

marketing

Electric, and
establish

marketing

in

needs

and

society's

activities.
have

wants

of

its

long-term

should

Companies

that

include

like

Sears

begun to announce the

long-lasting

distinguishing

holds

best

professionals

Coca-Cola

their

an organization

or

concept

survival.

The

itself from

its

societal

rivals and

strengthens its positioning, as well.

1.10

H o l i s t i c Marketing

According

to

Philip

development,
and

design,

activities

marketing

aims

associated

with

Kotler,

that

at

"The

and

marketing

implementation

recognizes

recognizing

marketing

Holistic

their

and

activities.

of

marketing

breadth

reconciling

and

the

Organizations

concept

based

programs,

and

align

complexities

their

on

the

processes,

interdependencies."

scope

that

is

marketing

Holistic
that

are

strategies

with the fluctuations in their market, emerge as successful organizations.

Holistic

marketing

marketing,
marketing
marketer

and

integrated

performance marketing.

activities
has

entails

to

and

creation

communicate

and

of

marketing,

internal

The marketer

integrated

deliver

value

is

involved

marketing
for

marketing,
in

the development of

programs.

consumers.

relationship

In

addition,

Fig.1.lOa

d i s p l a y s the

four elements of holistic marketing.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

Page

18

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

Products and

Senior

services

management
Marketing

Other

department

departments

Communications

Channels

sales revenue

Brand and

Community

Ethics

Customers

Partners
Channels

Environment

Fig.

Integrated
Integrated
the

and

1.lOa:

marketing

is an

emerging

professional

integrated

marketing

satisfaction.

is

to

From
the

the

mix

helps

view,

point

of view,

marketing

Dimensions

Different

marketing

marketing

their
mix

developed

marketing

activities

and

place, and

marketing
is

the

new field

of marketing.

activities

deliver

and

to

maximum

The job of

put

together

customer value

these activities u n d e r the name of marketing

influence

mix

important themes of integrated

price,

marketers

potentially,

communicate

McCarthy categorized

seller's

buyer's

and,

develop

plans to

with the 4Ps, which are product,

Marketing

Holistic Marketing

Marketing

marketing

fully

Legal

promotion.

trade
is

to

mix

channels

crafted
give

to

and

target

influence

maximum

customers.

buyers

customer

and

benefit.

from
Two

are:

effectively

communicate

and

deliver

value

and

satisfaction.

When

these

marketing

activities

are

synchronized

effectively,

they

deliver

maximum effect.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

19

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

F u n d a m e n t a l s of Marketing

Internal

Marketing

According

to

marketing

the

customer

marketing

legendary

means

employees

Internal

and

that

writers

firms

supporting

orientation

marketing

but a l so

on

undertakes

day

market

marketing
of

an

customers.

evolves

mission,

Thus,

employees is

it

is

not effective,

According

to

Gronroos,

maintain

and

enhance

customers
met,

promises." The

long-term

and

main

relationship

service.

improve

hiring,

and

should
of

that

be

customer

team

not

only

training,

and

contact

to

on

stresses on

provide

an

the

external

employees.

motivation,

Internal marketing

employees

well-educated

products

unless

and,

that

when

the

and

this

necessary,

is

done

of relationship
customers,

promise
whereas,

to

skilled

promotes the

the

and

primary

informed
and

or

first

about

the

expectations

communication

at

by

to

also

to

profit,

mutual

marketing

in

is

order to

is

between

of

key constituents and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

to

and

terminate

so

that

of
the

build

and

and

profits.

service

high

efficiency,

promotes

the

partners,

relationship

and

relationships

The

satisfaction

of

trust,

and

of

healthy,

relationship,

of

all

fulfillment

maintain

productivity,

with

promise,

sustain

and

the

customers'

financial

community

profitability.

members

marketing.

establish,

objectives

by the concern for customer benefit,

endorse

marketing

identify

exchange

make

leads to customer satisfaction

pillars

are

services,

internal

marketing

stakeholders,

is characterized

employees,

important

they

concept

"Relationship

with

wants, which

Customers,

among

which

"Internal

better results in the external market cannot be attained.

aim

relationships,

needs and

four

Trust

the

that

other

and

its key constituents,

are

as

its

as

emphasizes

needs of customers.

benefits

said

Marketing

are

and

the

Relationship

parties

from

organization

organization's

and

work

marketing,

such

Armstrong,

motivate

to

marketing

Gary

role of employees in achieving the organization's effectiveness.

Internal

with

and

and

people

internal

tasks,

Kotler

orient

service

Present

satisfaction."

Philip

must

employees who want to satisfy the


central

eBook

of

Marketers

the

must

maintain

harmony

design programs that give a fair return to all shareholders.

Page 20

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

Performance Marketing

According

to

marketing
activities

Philip

and
and

Kotler,

"Holistic

understanding

programs.

It

the

also

marketing

returns

addresses

to

incorporates

the

business

broader

performance

from

concerns

marketing

and

their

legal,

social, and environmental effects."

The two important points in this context are:


Financial Accountability

Top

management

investment
customer
evaluating

Social

The

in

terms

database.

of

the

top

asks

marketing

establishment
management

of

is

the

managers
brand,

engaged

in

to

and
the

of

the

the

marketing

has

whole

society.

Social

as environment and

the

broadened

decisions on

ethics,

its

scope

responsibility
society,

from

marketing

as a whole.

the

deals

Social

have a considerable effect on

company

the

with

way

of

responsibility

issues,

long-term

has

recyclable computers and

differentiate itself from competitors and

to build

the

overall

Hewlett-Packard

launched

and

the

It gives a wide range of options for organizations to excel.


printers that

survival of

For example,

have enabled

it to

customer preference.

N o n - t r a d i t i o n a l Marketing

The application of marketing

has broadened

its scope from

its traditional

boundaries of a

profit-making organization. The four major non-traditional types of marketing


1.

their

increasing

broader

an organization.

1.11

explain

Marketing

consequence of marketing
such

always

profitability,

Thus,

Responsibility

to

organization

their marketing efforts.

influence

buyers,

of an

Person

Person

are:

Marketing

marketing

engages

in

activities

that

are

interest or to change the attitude of the target


Entertainers,

lawyers,

marketing

build

to

personalities
Toshiba,

to

Adidas,

authors,

their

sell
and

and

sports

reputations.

their

products

Jaypee

Many

or

Cement

to

to

develop

market toward

figures,

all

use

business firms,

services.
try

aimed

For

promote

concept

charities use

of

renowned

companies

products

by

person

such

linking

connection with cricket superstar Sachin Tendulkar.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

a particular person.

the

example,
their

attention

Page 2 1

as
the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

Celebrity endorsement
this

marketing

Amitabh

2.

Place

Place

can

is an extended

change

Bachchan,

eBook

and

the

M.S.

form

person's

of person

name

into

marketing.

a great

The smart use of

brand.

Salman

Khan,

Dhoni are few examples that fall u n d e r t h i s category.

Marketing

marketing

changing
regions,

their
and

involves
attitude

nations

activities

or

are

behavior

trying

to

vacationers,

investors, companies,

is

as Incredible

marketed

that

India

are aimed

toward

promote

the

and

has

particular

their

new citizens,

to attract

the
area

destinations,

etc.

In

target
or

in

place.

order

the tourism

become one of the

market

by

Cities,

to

attract

industry,

India

many famous

spots

for tau rism.

However,

the

marketing,
or

her

due to

personal

personalized

3.

Cause

its static and

experiences,

place

is

difficult,

multifaceted

constructs

as

nature.

the

compared

Each

user,

product

place

to

traditional

on the

basis of his

that

leads

to

highly

place products.

to

David

Kurtz and

L.

identification

and

Louis

marketing

E.

of

Boone,
a

"Cause

social

marketing

as

prevention of drink and

literacy, environment

organizations

facebook,

to

marketing
positive

create

with

and

protection,

take

advantage

awareness

the

aim

long-term

initiatives, ultimately,

of

of

among

relationship

with

social

or

idea

Companies

their

websites,

are

such

such

involved

approaches

customers.

to

drive, etc.

networking

sales-oriented

boost up the company's

cause,

refers to

includes a variety of concerns,

society.

short-term,

marketing

issue,

selected target markets." Cause

Many

4.

of

Marketing

According
the

marketing

Such

in

to

cause

as

cause

build

marketing

image.

Event Marketing

Event

marketing

identifying
Companies

and

is

meeting

promote

the

many

performances,

and

s p o n so r s h i p

events

of

management
needs

the

help

raise
by

to

events,

public

linking

achieve

customers

anniversaries.

strengthens the company's image,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

time-based

company
that

process

such

Event

objectives

who

as

attend

trade

marketing

awareness.

Such

through

an

event.

shows,

also

artistic

includes

marketing

their products with the events.

Page 22

also

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

01.

Fundamentals of Marketing

eBook

1 . 1 2 Chapter Summary

Marketing
obtain

is

what

social

they

and

need

managerial

and

want

process

through

by

which

creating,

individuals

offering,

and

and

groups

exchanging

products of value w i t h others.

Marketing

carries

storage and
marketing

out

eight

warehousing,

universal

functions

standardization

and

of

buying,

grading,

selling,

transportation,

risk taking,

financing,

and

information.

A market consists of all the

potential customers

sharing

a particular need

might be w i l l i n g

to engage in exchange to satisfy that need.

Marketing

is

mix

the

unique

set

of

marketing

tools

that

is

adopted

and

who

by

the

organizations to pursue their marketing objectives in the target market.

According

to

the

product

concept,

firms

believe

that are generally available in the market and

Product

concept

quality,

performance, and

The

selling

enough

believes

concept

proper selling

and

According

the

to

believes

satisfy

marketing

identifying

marketing
the

needs

Holistic

marketing

marketing, and

products

are low in cost.

prefer

that consumers and


products,

those

products

that

businesses

will

are

ordinarily

unless they are persuaded

the needs and

better

in

not

buy

to do so through

the

key

for

achieving

organizational

wants of its target markets and

holds that

wants

entails

in delivering

of

organizations exist

its

integrated

target

markets

not

but

only

also,

to
to

identify

and

protect

the

interests.
marketing,

internal

marketing,

relationship

performance marketing.

The four major non-traditional types of marketing are:


o

Person marketing

Place marketing

Cause marketing

Event marketing

www.itmuniversityonline.org

goals

its competitors.

concept
and

concept,

individual's or society's best long-term

prefer

promotion effort.

better satisfaction than


Societal

consumers

consumers

features.

of the organization's

depends on

that

that

Page 23

Marketing
Planning

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

2 . 1 Introduction
Marketing
the
that

planning

process
senior

activities.

of

planning

executives
Marketing

establishing
positioning

is one

of the crucial

future
spend

activities

most

planning

marketing
strategies,

After reading t h i s chapter,

to

time

the

choosing

in

organization.
organizational
planning

evaluation
a

target

you

will

and

of

Marketing
goals.

It

designing

marketing

market,

for competitive advantage, and

designing

allocating

planning
is

Define plan and

Differentiate between

marketing

opportunities,
branding

resources.

its objectives

Define marketing

Explain

List the steps in

Illustrate the components of marketing

strategic p l a n n i n g

plan and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

marketing

planning

its objectives

process and
planning

and

identify mistakes in

planning

is

believed

be able to:

planning

achieve

their

involves

objectives,
looking

of

tasks of an

process

process
plan

Page 25

and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

2 . 2 Definition a n d Objective of P l a n s
BusinessDictionary.com
course
within
how,

of

action

defines

(scheme)

aimed

a specific timeframe.

and

whom,

by

and

plan

as,

at

"A

achieving

It explains

often

written

in

includes

specific

detail

best

account

of

intended

goal(s)

or

what needs to

be

case,

expected

future

objective(s)
done,

case,

when,

and

worst

case scenarios."

2.2.1
As

Definition of Business Plan

mentioned

prepared

by

objectives
they

in

will

for

be

strategies,

the

and

management

near

is

and/or

of

the

statement,

future

It

serves

threats

as

and

And

cash

business

summarize
one

modified

it

When

to

its

"A

of documents
and

years)

to

prepared
past,

to

set

operational

guide

contains

statement,

is,

the

conditions

the

also

plan

three

as

details

usually
flow

to

b l u e p ri n t

emerge.

investors)

firm.

to

(usually

continually

prospective

performance
income

firm's

achieved.

opportunities
(lenders,

BusinessDictionary.com,

and

firm's

show

and

pro-forma

illustrate

and

external

present,

and
new

audience

forecasted

balance

how

how

policies

change

for

financial

the

sheet,

financing

being sought will affect the firm's financial position."

2.2.2 Objectives of Business Plan


A business plan
of action.
needs

A business

to

be

purposes;

is a written document, which gives detailed


plan

implemented

includes financial,
in

business

marketing,

function.

information for future course

and

operational

business

the key objectives of a business p l a n are listed

plan

is

planning,

used

for

which

various

below:

To Raise Capital
A very

basic

requirement

of any

business

is capital.

Organizations

use a

business

plan to:

Raise capital for a new business or businesses.

Accumulate additional funds for existing

Borrow a loan or a trade credit.

business

plan

also

acts as

systematic

business or businesses.

approach

to

get

the

required

funds

the business.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 26

for

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

To Manage Operations

A business
for

plan

managing

Effectively

h i g h l i g h t s the

day-to-day

function

activities

of a

and

business.

strategies

It

to

also

acts

achieve

as a framework

the

objective

of

business.

To Expand

Market

expansion

could

expand

internationally,

current

business,

goals and

2.3

the Market

be

national

international.

If an

then a business plan gives an

financial

status,

objectives of entering

Difference

or

and

performance

the foreign

organization

intends

to

idea about the organization's

records.

It

also

illustrates the

market.

between

Strategic

done

organizational

Planning

and

Marketing

Planning
Strategic

planning

operational
Whereas,

planning.

marketing

organization and

Strategic

plan

It makes
planning

is

done

focuses

competitors,

focuses on

to

set

priorities,

resource

allocation,

sure that every employee works toward

is an activity that

a common

is done to set the marketing

and

the mission

for

on

the

the

overall

segmenting,

strengths and

and

functioning

of

targeting,

weaknesses

the

organization.

positioning,

of the

objectives of the organization,

product.

whereas,

whereas,

marketing

for

plan

d ec i d i n g

focuses

distribution of a product or service offered

on

on

capital

sales,

marketing

planning

borrowing

Definition of a Marketing

According
directing

to

Philip

and

Kotler,

coordinating

and

advertising,

being

cost

b ra n d i n g ,

and

by the company.

2.4 Definition a n d Objectives of a Marketing


2.4.1

Plan

Plan

"A

marketing

the

marketing

plan
effort.

is
It

the

central

operates at

instrument

for

a strategic and

tactical level."

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

planning

broad

objectives

of

Strategic

Strategic

has

Whereas,

demand

its customer base and the ways to reach those customers.

effective,

goal.

goals of the

focuses on deciding

plan

and

the strategies to achieve those g o a l s .

planning

marketing
product,

is

Page 27

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

2.4.2 Objectives of a Marketing

Marketing
sales

planning

people

approach.

and

is

done

customer

Plan

mainly

on

feedback.

the

basis

of

Therefore,

primary

the

information,

objectives

are

It describes the marketing goals that an organization would

the tenure of a plan and

talks about the crucial

issues that could

that

very

is,

field

specific

in

like to achieve in

affect the achievement

of marketing goals.

The objectives of a marketing

State the current

plan are to:

situation of the organization,

product or service

using

SWOT or

situation analysis.

State the current business environment in which the organization is competing.

Describe the marketing objective of an organization.

Describe

the

actions

and

strategies

to

be

undertaken

to

achieve

the

marketing

objectives.

State the resources required

to implement the strategies.

Ascertain the market orientation.

2 . 5 Frequent Mistakes in P l a n n i n g
Marketing

planning

marketing
the

aim

plan

of

is

huge

is less defined.

achieving

consideration

of

the

A marketing

desired

target

importance

audience

and

but

plan

marketing

Process
the

is used

goal.

the

assistance

The

correct

to

develop

good

to communicate thoughts with


plan

is

modified

knowledge

of

to

their

take

into

needs

and

requirements.

Frequent mistakes that occur d u r i n g


The Speed

The

speed

of the

of the

the p l a n n i n g

process are:

Process

planning

process

should

be

reasonable;

competitors take the early entry advantage and


aspects of p l a n n i n g ,

it should

not

be

so

slow that

not so fast that it misses out the crucial

in a hurry.

The Amount of Data Collected

In marketing
in

planning,

estimating

market

collecting accurate and


conditions,

sufficient data

competitive

trends,

is very

and

important.

customer

It helps

needs

and

requirements. There are various sources of data collection that managers can use. They
can use a primary source or secondary source, whichever provides the right information.
Providing a prescription for data collection effort would

www.itmuniversityonline.org

not be sensible.

Page 28

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

People Involved

It

is

often

prefer

said

line

that,

Planning

"the

managers

professional
as well,

in the

eBook

to

planners.

people

get

who

more

plan

are

involved

in

the

people

planning,

who

rather

execute."

than

Companies

outsourcing

it

to

It is also important to involve the line managers of other functions

so as to get more ideas and

information.

The Structure

There should
which

be a formal

structure for

indirectly d i s c i p l i n e s the work.

planning.

It also

Structure helps

helps

in

executing

in d i sc i p l i n i n g

the thoughts

planners,

in a

proper

structure.

Length of the

Organizations
length must
the whole
plan.

So,

Plan

set

formal

guidelines

be balanced.

plan

and

If the

would

for

length

ignore

it.

the optimal
is long,

If the

it is advised to make a balanced

length

of

plans.

managers would

length

is

short,

marketing

it

It

is

set

so

that

not be interested

may

omit

key

the

to read

points of the

plan.

Frequency of Planning

Problems
frequent

arise

planning

erratic and

However,
updates

in

an

organization

and

revaluation

if
of

can a l so make the p l a n n i n g

if planning

is done

in the market and

changes happening

the

frequency

strategies

can

process feel

less frequently than

the

of

planning

make

the

is

not

proper.

organization's

More

behavior

like a burden.

needed,

product strategies may

it

not

may

miss out on

be able to adapt

the

latest

to the

latest

in the market environment.

Insufficient Senior Management Leadership

Senior

management

Commitment

from

the

plays

senior

turnover of senior managers


and attitudes

key

role

in

management

is frequent,

so

have different notions, which

www.itmuniversityonline.org

making
is

successful

essential.

people

from

In

the

different

prevent proper market

marketing

marketing

plan.

field,

backgrounds,

the

values,

planning effort.

Page 29

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

2 . 6 The P l a n n i n g

eBook

Process

The Planning Process

Fig. 2.6a: The Planning


Source:

Mary Ann Pezzullo,

Marketing for Bankers (American

Process

Bankers Association,

1982), Washington

D.C. p. 32

In

Fig.

2.6a, there is no starting or e n d i n g of the planning

is continuous in

In the initial
Then,
takes

on

time.

implies that

it

nature.

stage, objectives are defined

this

process, which

basis,

After

product

strategies

development,

and 'collection
are

strategies

developed.

are

and

analyses' of data are done.

Developing

implemented

and

product

after

strategies

implementation,

strategies are evaluated.

Evaluation of the

implemented

such as competition,
ongoing

Planning
while

plan

and

customers, etc.,

changes occurring

are monitored

and

in the external environment,

accordingly,

it

is updated

in the

process.

is

an

ongoing

implementing

planning

process.

Circular

planning

enough,

so

it

can

and

is

process.

evaluating

done

be

The

so

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

strategies,

that

modified

new

with

it

does

information,

which

is yet again taken as an

not

updated

updated

get

fixed.

information.

Planning
The

input

input

should
from

is
in

be

the

derived
the

next

flexible
updated

Page 30

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

information

Planning

can

be

eBook

revised,

market can be integrated

as

required,

in

order to

Top-down

In

planning,

planning

preferred

that

new

events

in

the

planning:

Planning

top-down

control

sure

in the process for next year's p l a n n i n g .

There are two main approaches to marketing


1.

make

in

the

the

top or

activities

middle-level

for junior-level

organization

because

management

employees.
it

provides

The
a

people

set

top-down

goals and

approach

consistent

direction

is
to

marketing effort.

2.

Bottom-up Planning

In

bottom-up

planning,

information

from junior-level employees.


the

planning

process.

This

on

competitors,

customers,

Junior management people,

approach

is

encouraged

here,

etc.

is

gathered

play a vital

because junior

role

in

management

employees get a chance to involve themselves in the corporate p l a n n i n g .

Both

approaches

people

bring

approach,

in

have
their

their

own

expertise

significance.
and

vast

In

top-down

experi ence,

planning,

whereas,

top

in

management

the

bottom-up

the people who actually implement the strategies are involved, which

understand ground

realities and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

brings in updated

helps to

information.

Page 3 1

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

2 . 7 Steps in P l a n n i n g
The steps for the p l a n n i n g

Process

process are:

Fig.

2.7a: Steps in

Planning

Process
1

Source:

Step

Donald R.

1:

Lehmann,

Update

Updating
planning

Historical

historical
is

Russell

often

data

S.

Winer, Lehmann, Analysis for Marketing Planning, 6 h Edition

Data

means

assumed.

gathering

Updated

the

past

data

information.

of

the

The

coming

data

year

is

for

not

marketing

available

in

advance, so decisions are taken on the basis of previous year's data.

For example,
on

the

planning

basis of the

for next year will

previous year's data.

happen

now.

It may also

Therefore,
happen

the p l a n n i n g

that

you

will occur

have to work on

the data of past two or three years d u e to delay in the data collection process.

Hence,

planning

available,

old

is done

figures

mainly

should

be

on

forecast

replaced

or assumptions.

with

new

When

information

the

updated

because old

data

figures

merely an estimation, whereas, new figures are the real and updated ones.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 32

is

are

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

Step 2: Collect Current Situation


Data

collection

currently

focuses

present.

the

current

On this basis,

that the time period


match.

on

when

Since the data

Data
situation.

In

situation anal ysis

the data collected

is collected

and

other

words,

is done.

it

However,

the time period

and then analyzed,

focuses
it

on

the

data

is often observed

of data analysis do

the analyzed

result and

not

the actual

situation differ, due to the time period.

Step 3:
Data

Data Analysis

anal ysis

status,

etc.

is

done

Data

to

forecast

analysis

may

competitor's

not

be

actions,

quantitative,

consumer
that

is,

behavior,

it

does

economic

not

require

calculations for the analysis.

In

fact,

marketing

opinions,
threats

quotes,
to

data

is

always

interpretations,

business.

qualitative.

etc.

Qualitative

It

is

This analysis

data

and

based

helps

in

on

description,

portraying

quantitative

data

anecdotes,

opportunities and

should

be

analyzed

differently.

Step 4:

Develop Objectives, Strategies, and

Developing
helps

to

period.

objectives

know

in

Referring

and

detail
to

how

the

formulating

resources,
can

Developing

marketing

document
loss

product
steps,

crucial

is

it

activities

going

can

be

to

be

said

of

the

managed

that

planning
during

strategic

process.

the

thinking

It

planning

cannot

be

reliable information.

marketing

are taken

are

mix

of

the

into consideration.

company,

A strategy

its

mission,

helps to

vision,

know

objectives

how an

objective

be achieved.

Step 5 :
The

etc.

the

above

done without accurate and

While

strategies

Programs

in

plan

cannot

a marketing

statement.

evaluating

Financial

In

strategies

plan

Documents

be

made

its

includes two things,

marketing

are

without

budget,

discussed.

It

the

financial

marketing

costs

segregates

the

documents.
budget and

involved
amount

in

the

financial
profit and

implementing

allocated

to

and

particular

marketing activity.

For

example,

budget

is

creating

prepared

for

budget

for

an

implementing

event

and

marketing

spending
strategies.

necessary amount for the activity, as well as, controlling

www.itmuniversityonline.org

it

accordingly.
It

helps

in

Similarly,

spending

expenses.

Page 33

the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

The

profit

and

generating.
the

Planning

loss

statement

A profit and

company.

It

is

eBook

outlines

loss statement

necessary

to

effect of the strategies designed

It also includes the product and

set

marketing

Step 6:

Before

the

plan

management.

Final

an

appropriate

or

loss

marketing

sales

price.

It

organization

is

expenses made

by

depicts

the

financial

plan.

business for which the marketing


budget,

an

plan

is being

designed.

such as cost of sales, distribution expenses,

here.

Plan

reaches

Senior

profit

lists the sales and

expenses, are also included

Negotiate

much

in the marketing

Some expenses from the marketing


and

how

its

final

phase,

management

may

it

is

negotiated

have

certain

several

views

times

that

with

may

senior

vary

from

manager-to-manager.

Plans

are

discussed

resources

are

to

be

involvement and
to

Step 7:

Measure

detailed

For

in

utilized.

management

Negotiation

processes

of senior authorities.

must

if

code,

be

environment,

and disciplined

effectiveness

It

can

it
be

which

should

process should

company

so

monitored

can

shared

measured.

be

be used

distributes

be

from

Step 8:

Audit

Audit

the

planning
the
plan

final

process.

actual

the

take

may

take

corporate

long
as

time

much

flyers

when

Getting

result

varies.

stage
It

in

helps

after the

If the

size

t ake a long time and,

the
in

planning

reducing

plan

and

and

divisional

because

time to

of

or

according

coupons,

customer

feedback

of

the

complete,

to

might

the

forms

it

should

uses

those

filled

by

be

be

information.

activity.

sent

coupons

the

some

with

an

and

its

customer

helps

activity.

process.

It

is

done

the discrepancy

the

There

to measure the marketing

implemented.

nature

ultimately,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

is

time-to-time.

updated

measure the efficiency of a particular marketing

is

because

Progress

plan

the

example,

identical

senior

implement the earlier steps.

marketing

changes

the

approval

as it did

The

with

The

business

check

consistency

between the estimated

time
is

to

taken

big,

to

strategy

audit

the

in

the

result and
marketing

implementation

it will affect the audit time.

Page 34

will

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

2.8 Steps for Developing an Effective Marketing


The steps to develop an effective marketing
Step

1: Creating

know

the

current

status

take the organization,

and

the interest of potential

Executive
provides

plan are:

the Executive Summary

The executive summary is an


to

Plan

summary

of the

why

on

brief
the

company,

the

investors.

is

information

important section of the business plan.

business

what

idea

level

could

the

management

be successful.

It

is

intends

used

It also h i g h l i g h t s the strength of the overall

description

current

manage the product or service,

at

It allows the reader

about

market

the

product

situation,

and the allocated

or

service

information

on

b u d g e t of the marketing

to

to g r a b

plan.

offered.

It

strategies

to

plan.

Step 2: Analyzing the Environment

Analyzing

the

environment

various factors,

an

essential

part

of

the

marketing

plan.

It

helps

with

such as:

To identify the threats developing

threat

could

innovative

is

be

in the environment

anything-competitors,

products,

government

taxes,

price

wars,

introduction

of

new

and

etc.

To identify the opportunities in the market

Analysis
the

is

done

to

organization's

strategic

alliances,

identify

the

advantage.
developing

opportunities

in

O p p o rt u n i t i e s
new

the

could

market,

market
be

and

exploit

mergers,

international

them

for

joint

ventures,

and

capturing

market,

new market d u e to ineffective competitors.

The

environmental

factors,

such

analysis

of

an

organization

The marketing

The current target market

The organization's current marketing

The

while

keeping

in

mind

severa
l

Marketing

marketing

environment

environment

Technological,

marketing

environment can

marketing

objectives and

performance

Environment

cultural,

the

done

as:

The

is

strategy

is analyzed

on

the

Environmental,

also

of

an

be

said

to

be

organization

basis of
and

Political,

Legal

the external
and

affects

Economical,

(PESTEL)
environment

the

business

Socio

that

influences

activity

organization.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

The

Analysis.

Page 35

of

an

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

The marketing environment

is divided

into two levels:

Microenvironment
It

refers

to

factors

stakeholders,

that

suppliers,

are

closely

related

to

the

intermediaries, customers,

etc.

organization,

such

as

its

Macroenvironment
As

mentioned

it

is

above,

related

to

PESTEL analysis
broad

aspect.

is considered

It

includes

a macroenvironment,

demographic,

because

geographic,

and

psychog raphic factors of the environment.

The Current Target Market(s)

The

organization

examines

whether

organization's strategic planning


basis

of demographic,

usage

The

the

or not.

psychographic,

targeted

market

is

right,

The analysis of the target

and

geographic

factors

and

according

to

the

market is done on the


also,

on

the

product

in that particular market.

organization

acceptance

level

offers
of

the

product

product

in

based
the

on

target

certain
market

needs.
and

It

assure

has

to

examine

that

the

need

of

the
the

target audience is fulfilled.

The Organization's Current Marketing Objectives and

company

must

objectives, and

Step 3:

The

framework

and

then,

marketing

objectives,

take corrective action,

measure

performance

against

those

if needed.

Performing a SWOT Analysis

third

external

set

Performance

step
that

is

to

perform

helps

environment.

Threats, as shown

to

SWOT

analyze

SWOT
in

is

the

an

analysis.

SWOT

company's

acronym

for

analysis

internal

Strengths,

is

well-established

environment,
Weaknesses,

as

well

Opportunities,

Fig. 2.Sa.

SWOT stands for Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and Threats

Fig.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

as,

2.Sa: SWOT Analysis

Page 36

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

Strengths

Strength

is

the

business

is

good

organization
innovative

ability

to

at.

organization

that

capacity

Strengths

achieve

products

characteristics

and

or

are

the

business.

an

are

some

effectively

set

business

of

over

that

It

others.

is

It

that

help

product

strength.

competitors.

should

of activities

expertise,

advantage

than

of a

examples

considered from a business point of view and

is

Marketing

organization

more

It

competencies

objectives.

services

give

operate

its

of a

an

quality,
a

set

helps

Strengths

of
the

must

be

achieving

its

be clearly defined.

Weaknesses

The

inability

objectives
requires

and

are

constraints

known

as

improvement.

implement
employees,

Weakness
external

should

Weakness

viewpoint.

is

strategy.

resources, and

always

business

weaknesses.

marketing

limited

of

be

that

This

the

is

restrict

the

limitation

Lack

of

area
or

it

from

where

an

hindrance

marketing

organization

to

develop

expertise,

or

inefficient

poor product quality are some examples of this.

considered

Organizations

from

need

to

an

internal,

be

as

realistic

well

and

as,

from

identify

an

their

weaknesses soon, so as to overcome them.

Opportunities

Opportunities are a set of positive circumstances in the business environment that


help to achieve objectives.
the

business.

If utilized

Opportunities

are

properly,

favorably

they can generate

exploited

for

huge

business

profits for

gain.

Market

trends are also considered opportunities for a business.

Threats

Threats are negative events that may create


their

objectives.

innovative

SWOT

analysis

organization

Threats

products,

is

an

analyze

can

exist

government

important
itself

with

in

policies,

element
a

the

market

hindrances for
form

of

businesses to achieve

competitors,

new

entrants,

etc.

of

the

point

marketing
of

view

plan,
and

which

plan

its

helps

strategies

accordingly.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

an

Page 37

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Step 4:

Planning

Developing

Marketing Objectives

Marketing

objectives

marketing

of

eBook

are

product

set

or

intends to achieve through

Marketing

objectives

environmental
the

organization.

and

time

frame

for

organization.
Marketing

These

objectives

derived
It

is

also

objective

achieving

from

based

has

this

various

In

the

Devising

fifth

define

on

the

common

particular

analyses,

are

what

such

resources

related

an

as

and

to

the

organization

objective?"

The

SWOT

overall

question-"What

gives a clear picture of the marketer's intent regarding

Step 5:

objectives

its activities.

etc.

Each

the

products.

are

analysis,

by

will

objectives of

be

answer

analysis,

to

the

outcome

this

question

the offering.

Marketing Strategies

step,

the

effective marketing

company

outlines

how

of

to

achieve

its

objectives

by

formulating

strategies.

Target Markets

target

market

marketing
thus,

is

activity.

needs

to

be

market

It

is

very specific.

short

of

and

element.

It

element

of

to

the

at

marketing
4

Ps

is also said
to its

to

but

which

is where a company

makes the

promotion,

professionals

the
of

Place,

same

ideas
mix

in

the

People,

Process,

organization

its

In
of

in

should
for

own

the

the

organization

intends to sell

pricing,

and

Implementing

At

sixth

step,

the

and

The

reveal

its

aims

its

product and

distribution

of
it

is

marketing

of the

and

extended

Physical evidence.

is used

the
7

and

its

each

service.

Each

key

role

in

mix

is

Price,

mix consists of
The marketing

by the organization,

strategies.

Marketing

company

Plan

will

set

framework

to

implement

its

marketing

strategies.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

be

about

Ps-Product,

products.

modified

mix

should

marketing

The marketing
for

mix

or

plays

to

marketing

details

product

product,

uses to generate demand

The

necessary

marketing

case

be a controllable tool, which

planning

organization.

significance

services,

and

the

Promotion.

plans

has

case

and

time,

and

strategies.

Step 6:

the

by

Price,

marketing

Promotion,

according

but

mixture

elements that an
mix

used

Ps-Product,

is

formulating

Place,

at

cost effective.

tool

concise

restricted

It

people,

Mix

marketing

consists

group

The target market

product very easy and

Marketing

or

Page 38

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

Marketing Organization

This

section

products,

of the

marketing

regions or

types

plan

As

how

of customers-to

indicates where decision-making

Activities,

details

the firm

will

implement

its

be organized-by
marketing

functions,

strategies.

authority w i l l rest within the marketing

It

also

unit.

Responsibilities, and Timetables for Completion

mentioned

earlier,

opportunities

to

implemented

at

marketing

competitors
the

right

or

so

place

plan
fast

and

at

should

that
the

not

crucial

right

be

so

points

time.

It

slow

are

also

that

it

missed.

focuses

It

on

loses

its

should

be

the

medium

responsible for the execution of these activities.

It

may

the

be the

intermediary,

advertising

senior

agency,

management

or

who

who
the

is assigned

would

create

marketing

the sales

an

promotion

attractive

manager

is

task of the

advertisement.

the

main

authority

time,

in

product or

Ultimately,

that

will

be

the
held

responsible for the execution of the activity.

Marketing
benefit

activity

from

planning,
launched

the

be

market.

It

certain

at the

advantage;

should

date

is

implemented
should
set

to

time of a festive

otherwise,

This aspect of the

it will

not

start

at

the

right

lose

the

opportunity

the

season,

it

marketing
should

to

activities.

follow

the

its
If

gain

maximum

competitors.

While

to

product

schedule,

in

is

order

be

to g a i n

lose its charm.

marketing

plan

achieve the marketing objectives.

h i g h l i g h t s the marketing

activities that are planned

to

For example:

What are the types of goods or services to be marketed?

What should the pricing

What kind of distribution channel should

What

promotional

order to

strategy be?

strategy

or

be u s ed ?

promotion

tool

should

be

used

to

promote

the

product?

Step 7:

Evaluating the

Evaluation

Marketing

is the final step

in

marketing activities p l a n n e d

Activities

should

updating

new

be

marketing

planning.

It is used

to evaluate the outcomes of

to achieve the objectives.

monitored

activities,

Plan

in

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

order

evaluated
to

achieve

frequently.
objectives.

It

helps

in

Evaluation

modifying
also

and

helps

Page 39

in

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

identifying

Planning

the

key

organization should

Market

situation

organization
advised

to

areas

that

need

improvement.

The

marketing

should

environmental

reassess and

compare

the

actual

changes

update

itself,

outcomes

with

take

place

according
the

over
to

them,

promotional

period

the current

objectives

to

of

the

of

time.

situation.

know

if

the

An
It

is

planned

in the right place.

There are different ways of evaluating the plan, such as, observing
analyzing

activities

be accountable.

and

activities are falling

eBook

collecting

activities

for

feedback

direct

from

response,

the

customers

checking

the

or

the sales figures and

clients,

conversion

monitoring

rate,

analyzing

Return on Investment (ROI), etc.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 40

the
the

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

02.

Marketing

Planning

eBook

2.9 Chapter S u m m a r y

The

marketing

process.

plan

is

the

most

important

It is a roadmap to achieve marketing

output

of

the

marketing

goals.

It keeps the resources focused

on the objective of the business.

for

marketing

marketing

The steps

plan

is

essential

the

planning

success

of

any

business.

It

directs

all

activities of an organization.
in

planning

process include:

1.

Update historical data

2.

Collect current situation data

3.

Data analysis

4.

Develop objectives,

5.

Developing

6.

Negotiate fi n a l

7.

Measure progress

8.

Audit

strategies, and

programs

financial documents
plan

The main components of a marketing

p l a n are:

Creating the executive summary

Analyzing

Performing

a SWOT analysis

Developing

marketing

Devising

Implementing

Evaluating

the environment

marketing

objectives

strategies

marketing

the marketing

www.itmuniversityonline.org

plan
plan

Page 4 1

the

Marketing
Environment

I T M

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

eBook

3 . 1 Introduction
Marketing
ensuring

is a
the

organizations
such

key

earnings
are

unstable

environments

function

of any organization,

and

working

market

growth

in

of

unsteady

conditions,

constantly.

This

helps

an

which

enterprise.

and

disorderly

organizations

involves the challenging


In

present

environments.

need

organizations

the

to

identify

scan
new

task

scenario,

To

cope

their

up

of

most
with

operating

opportunities

and

threats.

Many

big

brands failed,

market. Thus,
to spot and

mainly,

the long-term

because they could

not understand

survival of an organization

the d y n a m i c s of the

largely depends on

its capability

respond efficiently to key changes in its marketing environment.

After reading t h is chapter, you w i l l

be able to:

Define marketing

environment

Explain the elements of marketing environment

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 43

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

3 . 2 M e a n i n g and
Understanding
is

the

organizations do

functioning

Definition of M a r k e t i n g

the concept of environment

environment

environment

where

of any

of

marketing
Kotler,
and

forces

and

face

rough

Any

on

the

affect

transactions and

fluctuation

in

its

and

internal

point of marketing,

marketing

they function closely

weather

The functioning

changes

company's
that

starting

implements

plans.

as it

Business

with the environment.

environmental

if

they

fail

in

economic

study

of

marketing

the

factors

adjust

changes

conditions.

This

marketing

environment

a company's

to

of an organization

new technological developments,

depends

"A

organization

external

environmental conditions.

consumers,

is the actual

Environment

that

The

affect

the

business enterprise.

may

the government,

an

not work in a v a c u u m ;

consists

Organizations

of

eBook

ability

to

with

is affected

in

the taste

signifies

environment.
consist

develop

of

changing

by a changes
and

that

the

success
to

external

maintain

factors

successful

relationships with the target markets."

the

environment

order

to

both,

microenvironment and

their marketing

of

Philip

of an

organization

will

have

serious

impact

on

its

functioning. Therefore, organizations analyze their environment on a continuous basis,

identify

in

preferences

According

the

and

the

their opportunities

and

threats.

macroenvironment.

The

marketing

environment

in

comprises

It helps an organization while designing

strategies.

Purpose of Environmental Analysis

Environmental analysis is conducted

to:

Know the threats and opportunities of the market where an organization operates.

Help

managers

designing

Keep

an

marketing

Know

the

situation

avoid

benefits

of

opportunities,

and

minimize

threats

while

strategies.

organization

rig ht time and

take

attentive

so

that

they

can

grab

the

right

opportunity

at

the

the threats.

important

is presenting

trends

of

the

market

and

determine

whether

current

threats and o p p o rt u n i t i e s .

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 44

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

3.3 Internal a n d
An

organization

consists of the
Levens

both,

the

marketing,

internal and
that

internal
that

implementation

communicate

External E n v i r o n m e n t

components

Michael ,

including
the

has

eBook

of

external environments.

are within

the organizational

environment

occur

within

marketing

organizational

the

of

business

organizational

practices

policies

The

and

within

parameters.

involves

all

functions

of

an

practices

internal environment
According

those
a

in

employees

and

to

activities,

business.

organization,

to

It

order

is
to

internal

shareholders.

External

environment

organization

and

have

refers
the

to

elements

capability

organization's external environment

Microenvironment or Task
The

microenvironment

is

macroenvironment

organization

is

nearer

to

an

stated

its

suppliers,

earlier,

the
is

customers.
marketing

Macroenvironment
marketing

functioning

into two

broad

the
of

parameters

the

of

the

organization.

The

categories:

organization

and

consists

of the

elements

Environment

broadly

dispersed

and

influences

the

functioning

of an

indirectly.

Microenvironment
serve

the

outside

the fundamental operation of the organization.

3.4 Components of Marketing


As

are

Environment

Macroenvironment or General
The

affect

is d i v i d ed

that affect the performance and

to

that

the
An

external
firm's

p l a n n i n g and

environment

immediate

organization's

intermediaries,

consists of the

Environment
is

environment

divided
that

microenvironment
competitors,

larger societal

two

impinges on
includes

publics,

forces that

into

have

layers.

its ability

the

and

company,
customers.

a strong

impact

strategies.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

to

Page 45

on

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Fig.

Environment

gives

3.4a

better

eBook

understanding

of

the

components

of

the

marketing

environment:

Fig.

3.4.1 The

3.4a: Components of Marketing

Environment

Microenvironment

The microenvironment can


affect the functioning

be best understood

by understanding

its

key elements,

which

of an organization.

Key elements of the marketing

microenvironment are:

The Company

The first component of microenvironment


philosophy

of top-level

company.

Top-level

objectives,
managers

management

mission,
take

management

and

decisions

vision
within

have
is

for
the

is the company
a

profound

deeply
the

itself.

effect

involved

company.

parameters

in

This

that

are

The mission,

on

the

vision, and

functioning

formulating
planning

established

the

helps
by

of

the

policies,

marketing

the

top-level

management.

All

departments

resource,
and

of

production,

actions.

company,
etc.,

According

about consumers and

to

have
the

work in

www.itmuniversityonline.org

such
a

as

strong

marketing
harmony,

research
impact
concept,

and

on
all

the

development,
marketing

of these

finance,

human

department's

departments

must

in order to deliver better customer services.

Page 46

plans
think

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

eBook

Suppliers
S u p p l i e r s are companies or i n d i v i d u a l s that
the

production

considerable
and
and

the

of

goods

effect

sudden

damage

on

price

and

the

services.

functioning

rise of raw

customer

trust

provide raw

of

The
a

materials

and

supplier's

company.

by

materials to other companies for

Supply

suppliers can

confidence

in

the

environment

can

shortages,

affect

long-run.

sales

Close

have

labor

in

the

strikes,

short-run

relationships

with

suppliers are an effective way to remain competitive.

Marketing

Intermediaries

Marketing
between

intermediaries
producers

distribute

and

be

firms

ultimate

products to final

service agencies,

can

buyers.

Marketing

the

firms

that

markets.
agencies,

the

means

point

use

the
to

intermediaries

difficulties
gaps

that

resellers'

of

as

has

separate

the flow of goods and

financial

from

connecting

sell,

include

promote,

resellers,

link
and

marketing

intermediaries.

producers and

in

companies

and

the

handling

in

and

Marketing

promoting

advertising

sell

them

moving

to final

of

physical

service agencies

their

agencies,

products

to

marketing

are

target

research

marketing consultants.

credit

companies,

insurance

companies)

lenders.

become significant d u e to
Intermediaries

manufacturers from

organizations,

as

companies

destination.

banks,

distribution.

act

retailers.

final

borrowers and

help

goods

includes

(such

that

intermediaries

involved

sales promotions specialists,

possession
now

assistance

role of intermediaries

growing

to

distribution

channel funds between

The

activities

of o r i g i n

provide

Physical

Financial

buy

include wholesalers and

distribution

from

They

physical distribution firms, and

consumers. They

goods

individuals

buyers.

Resellers are distribution channels that

Physical

or

such

as

increasingly wider markets and

overcome

ultimate

Pantaloons

and

the

users.

place,

Many

Shoppers

time,

and

manufacturers

Stop,

to

smoothen

services.

Competitors
Every
sell

company

the

affected

same
by

the

comes
product
actions

across
range.
and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

a wide
The

range

of competitors.

marketing

behaviors

of

Competitors

environment

competitors.

Thus,

of

are

company

monitoring

and

those
is

who

strongly

analyzing

Page 47

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

the

Environment

competitor's

environment

improve its position

eBook

is

important,

if

an

organization

wants

to

maintain

or

in the market.

Publics

According

to

Philip

Kotler,

"A

public

is any group

interest in an organization's ability to achieve

or

hamper

company's

ability

to

concrete steps to manage a healthy


up

public

publics.

relations departments,

Every

company

faces

carry

out

that

has an

its objectives." The

its

objectives.

relationship with

its key

Smart

public.

in order to maintain a positive

several

important

actual

publics,

or

potential

public can

companies

of

take

Many companies set

relationship with

some

help

which

are

various

discussed

below:

Financial

Publics

Relationships with financial


the

ability

of

company

investment houses,

Media

institutes are very

and

to

publics

include

banks,

must

cultivate

good

relationships

radio and

with

television

media

organizations,

such

as

stations.

Government Publics

Company

management

while formulating

Citizen-action

firm's

Local

Every

plans.

into

account

the

government's

Management must

developments

be aware of recent changes

influence the company's operations.

d ec i s i o n s

are

sometimes

environmental groups,

questioned

minority g r o u p s , and

by

citizens,

consumer

others.

Publics

company

community
relations
and

take

Publics

marketing

organizations,

must

marketing

in the laws that can

Financial

influence

stockholders.

newspapers, magazines, and

funds.

as they directly

Publics

Companies

obtain

important,

faces

local

organizations.

officer to

deal

with

publics

Large
the

that

include

organizations,

community,

neighborhood
generally,

hire

answer questions,

residents
a

attend

community
meetings,

contribute to useful causes.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

Page 48

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

General

Environment

Publics

A company
toward

eBook

its

needs to understand
products

and

the approach and

services

in

the

perception of the general

marketplace.

company

in the p u b l i c directly affects consumer buying

Internal

Publics

company's

board
to

of directors.

educate

the

internal

its

public

Companies

internal

company's

consists

of

usually

public.

When

environment,

workers,

use

the

they

The

perception

newsletters,

managers,

memos,

and

of a company

automatically

of

the

and

the

habits.

volunteers,

employees

public

spill

positive

other

are

means

happy

attitude

with

in

the

marketplace.

Consumers

Consumers

are

organization
consumers.

very

designs
Only

by

marketing
studying

an effective marketing
shut down

the

important

mix.

business.

aspect

programs

the

trends

the

according

microenvironment.
to

of consumer

Changes in the

At the

of

same time,

the

tastes

behavior,

are

successful

preferences

companies can

needs of consumers,
if they

and

if left

observed

plan

unobserved,

properly,

of
for

may

the company

can capture an attractive market opportunity.

3.4.2 The Macroenvironment


The

macroenvironment

microenvironment,
organizations

of

where

directly

or

an

organization

company

indirectly.

later, affect the company's

The

can

is

interact

elements

relationship with

hazier,
with

of the

its customers,

as

compared

identifiable

individuals

macroenvironment,
suppliers,

to

the
and

sooner

or

intermediaries, and

so on.

Key elements of the marketing

macroenvironment are:

Demographic Environment

The

first

macroenvironmental

demographic
Demography
and

location.

segment.

pattern,
is the
An

as

study

people
of h u m a n

organization

Changes

in

force

the

that

are

needs
very

to

population's

the

scrutinized

important

population with

studies

be

component

regards to

demographic

demographic

very

sex,

pattern

age,

to

characteristics

carefully
of

the

the

market.

race, ethnicity,

identify
have

its

target

significant

effect on the functioning of an organization.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

is

Page 49

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Demographic
strategies
strongly

Environment

characteristics

and

products

allied

to

the

to

eBook

help

an

reach

its

organization
target

consumer-buying

develop

market.

pattern

target audience responds to a specific marketing

well-planned

Demographic

and

are

smart

marketing

characteristics

indicators

of

are

how

the

mix.

Important trends of the d e m o g r a p h i c environment are:

Growing

Population

Growing

population

organization.

imposes

Thus,

serious

organizations

need

trends of the population of the country


Indian

census

characteristics.
suited

for

it.

is
It

more

helps

an

The following

organization
is

population growth of India, which

to

on

the

understand

before formulating

reliable

data

effect

source

of

formulate

provided

by

the

2001

1,02,87,37,436

2011

1,21,01,93,422

and

Data on the Growing

demographic

companies

any

marketing

The

on

plans

mix.

population

that

are

best

1 9 0 1 to 2 0 1 1 :

Population

84,64,21,039

market

and

has increased four times from

1991

the

an

M i n i s t r y of Home Affairs on the

23,83,96,327

knowing

of

characteristics

marketing

1901

Without

mix

the

information

Census Years

T a b l e 3.4.2a:

marketing

that

Population of India

features,

carefully

companies

scan

the

cannot

market

survive

can

in

grab

the

major

opportunities to grow.

Literacy and Occupation

Literacy

is another dimension

compared
year
the

to the year

2011.

Increased

demand

pattern.

to the

for

1995,

of understanding

74

literacy

quality

Improved

population.
spending

Levels of Population

percent of the

percentage

products,

literacy

levels

in

saving

power

business of the b a n k i n g

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

turn,

improved

A significant increase in occupational

power and

demographic environment.

population

affects

which,
also

the

of customers.

the

in

India

demand

for

influences

is

directly

and

consumption

capacity

levels automatically
This

in the

information

the

occupancy

literate

As

of

the

increased

the

provides a

stimulus

sector.

Page 50

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

eBook

ICICI

--

bank

with

its

corporate

J,c,c,_

cards,

GI

I'

,,,,

travels

cards,

credit

cards,

''O

and

the

debit cards
working

is trying

class

with

to capture

an

effective

means of communication.

The Changing

An

improved

Now,

more

increase
working,

in

Role of Women

literacy

and
the

they

more

rate

Indian

number
have

opened

less

women

of working
time

to

for companies like Whirlpool and

A Changing

new

doors

are

and

working

couples.

manage

and

Quite

their

job

opportunities

hence,

one

obviously,

home.

This

as

can

more

provides

LG to come up with time-saving

women.

observe
women

an
are

opportunities

appliances.

F a m i l y Pattern

Modern
family

India

favors

system,

as

the

of

urban

active

families

part

in

consumption
families
smaller
food,
must understand

the

products.
the

apartments,
compact

needs of nuclear families,

now

the

taking

purchasing

advocate

and

to

The children

are

the

of

nuclear

compared

traditional j o i n t family.

marketers

for

and

Smaller

demand

for

ready-to-cook
vehicles.

which are growing

Thus,
more

rapidly now.

Geographical S h i ft

The

significant

migration

of

population

from

doors of opportunities for m a n y companies and


to

warm

places

like

Mumbai,

for cooling equipment,

Kolkata,

Pune,

to

urban

areas

entrepreneurs.

and

Chennai

has

opened

new

Migration

of groups

increased

demands

like coolers, a i r conditioners, etc.

Residents
sale

of

of

showcase
areas

big

cities

luxurious

international

www.itmuniversityonline.org

rural

brands,

their

provide

also

account

products,
such

products
stimulus

in
to

as

for

an

which
Gucci

India.

help

and

Growth

many

increased
many

Armani,
in

sectors,

to

suburban
such

Page 5 1

as

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

automobile,
understand

furniture,

eBook

and

the changing

food

trends

industries.

Therefore,

of consumers

organizations

before developing

any

need

to

product and

service.

Economic Environment
It

is

defined

interest

and

sum

that

need

to

the

the prevailing

the

rates

Marketers
inflation,

as

total

of all

infiuence

understand

economic factors,

the
the

purchasing
income

pattern,

as

inflation,

spending

level

where

of

it

income,

ability

of

consumers.

unemployment,

is operating

wealth,

the

so they

rate

can

Some of the economic trends are described

of

grab

below:

Income Level

Income

is

an

important

understanding

the

segment

target

Central

their

Statistical

increase

of

income

trends

audience

and

very

Organization
as

9.4%

component

compared

easily.

of

2007,

to

the

year

2003,

level,

profits.

According

many

from

Goldman

w i l l quadruple by the year 2020, affecting

environment.

country,

to

data

Indian
which

marketers

published

economy
was

By
can

by

the

showed
Per

3.8/o.

an

capita

7.4/o to 8 . 4 % .

international

to

the

According

year

income

made

economic

the

With an

and

the

in

also increased

increased

of

statistics

income of the country had

market

and

business cycle of the economy

market opportunities.

such

brands entered

Sachs,

India's

into the Indian

per capita

income

the business of many organizations.

Stages of Business Cycle

Business
four

cycle

reflects

the

phases-prosperity,

business

cycle

affects

prosperity phase,
automatically

During

the

causes

times,

fluctuations

in

recession,

depression,

and

the

spending

power

of

there is full employment and

provides stimulus to the spending

economic

decline

consumers

expenses

periodic

in

slowdown,

income

focus

wherever

and

more

possible.

is

affects

toward

an

the

economy.

recovery.

consumers

is

Each

divided
stage

differently.

into

of

During

the
the

power of consumers.

increase

spending

in

of

unemployment,

consumers.

products

organizations

in order to

It

a rise in gross national product that

low-priced

Therefore,

environment on a regular basis,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

there

an

must

and

cut

scan

which

During
down

the

bad
their

economic

know where the economy is heading.

Page 52

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

eBook

Inflation

Price rise reduces the


and

higher

trouble

in

prices

paying

may

forecasting

ability of consumers.

negatively

the

affect

future and

sales.

accurately

It adds to the cost of production


Fluctuations

assessing

in

the

price

prices and

create

returns

from

investments.

Political-Legal

Organizations
operates
the

or

Environment

must

plans

marketing

understand

to

operate.

activities

of

environment includes a l l

the

political

Change

an

in

environment

political

organization.

laws,

marketing

fiscal
and

policies,

system

import and

regulations

international

of an

can

negatively

political

in

affect

environments

order to

grab

new

is

policies,

has

to

the

by

major

the

impact

Kotler,

pressure

government's

of an

impact

of an enterprise,

opportunities.

where

a s i g n i fi c a n t

Philip

customs duties.

functioning
a

country,

it
on

"Political

groups that

individuals in a society."

affected
and

have

the political front affects the working


strategies,

the

government agencies, and

enterprise

export

climate

According

influence or l i m i t various organizations and

The

of

The

monetary

Ignorance of laws,

organization.

on

business.

and

rules,

Domestic

and

Development

on

so organizations must adjust their

organizations

must

be

aware

of the

major regulations that can affect their business activities.

The

government

work

system

environment

unfortunately,

the

for

also

they operate and

an

country

also

organization

government

government's form and

Organizations

in

is

not

to

always

philosophy can

have

is

influences
stable

and

stable

the

legal

are

replicate

in
a

Moreover,
packaged

the

food

brand
it

is

food

is

to

of

require

already

India,

the

government

which are actively

involved

has
in

www.itmuniversityonline.org

set

up

many

to

denote

marketing

regulatory

affairs.

Thus,

ideal

government

Changes

have

but

in

the

it

is

in

which

India, companies

special

the

pure

bodies,

in

country

available

the red dot to denote non-vegetarian

In

the

For example,

compulsory
items

The

effect on the business.

business,

that

activity.

cooperative.

environment

then make the appropriate decisions.


that

business

cooperative

and

have a profound

understand

the

in

approval
the

green

vegetarian

to

market.

dot

on

items

all
and

items.

such

as

important to

SEBI

and

TRAI,

understand

Page 53

the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

laws

and

the

marketing

Environment

guidelines

set

Socio-Cultural
Beliefs,

the

regulatory

bodies,

in

order

to

avoid

any

kind

of

political

ideology and

culture,

is another

social

environment.

modify t h e i r products,
nation.

p h i l o s o p h y of major

political groups

strategies of an organization.

Environment

environment

values,

socio-cultural

Proper

class,

Many

as well as,

understanding

important

lifestyle,

big

component of the

and

brands,

the

attitude

such as Van

their marketing
of

the

of

macro-environment.
people

Heusen,

LG,

constitute

and

the

McDonald's,

mix to suit the cultural environment of

socio-cultural

environment

is

necessary

for

the

It has two main components:

success of an organization.

these

i n d i v i d u a l s that influence the marketing

Socio-Cultural

by

issues.

Marketers also understand


and

eBook

Culture

According
beliefs,

to

the

words

standards,

of

Mitchell,

knowledge,

"Culture
morals,

is a set

laws,

of

and

learned

core

behaviors

values,

by

shared

individuals and societies that determines how an individual acts, feels and
views oneself and

the

formulation

of

others".

marketing

Cultural characteristics are


strategies,

ignoring traditions, values,

beliefs, and

Case Study of Kellogg's:

From

Kellogg's

is

one

of

the

most

The

mix that

time

of

other

its

early

global

traditional

markets.

breakfast

convenience
depicted
not

at

entry,

foods.

is

to

company

habits
In

for the

identical

The

of

its

all

healthy.

This

The

cultural aspect that


their breakfast,

h u rt

initial

company

lead

Indian
that

to

market,

which
to

mix.

to business

in

the

it

at

the

used

for

transform

modern

cereal

commercials,

reason

not

and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

the

and

also,

the

the
and

Kellogg's

sentiments

understand

with corn flakes, they


for

cost

blunders.

U.S.

of

another

warm

milk

in

whereas, the corn flakes were preferably consumed

Another

The

in their breakfast was

emotions

could

brands

Indian consumers preferred

hot m i l k was mixed

palatable.

global

aimed

Indians

the

marketing

convenience foods.

that what Indians were eating

homemakers.

When

used

as,

religion can

successful

producer of cereal and

it

well

as they g u i d e

Tasteless to Tasteful

world's leading

marketing

as

important,

low

demand,

became moist and


was

deemed

to

with cold
were no

be

the

milk.

longer

premium

Page 54

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

pricing

Environment

adopted

eBook

by the company.

The

prices of its

comparison to its nearest competitors,

Due to a l l these problems,


compared

products were way

like Mohan's Corn

Kellogg's sales declined

to the sales of the

by 25

previous month of March,

too

much

in

Flakes.

percent

in April,

1 9 9 5 , as

1995.

India-specific Strategies Adopted by Kellogg's

To

hit

the

Indian

marketing
products
small
also

mix.

To

used

which

specific

and

again,

overcome

in the Indian

packets,

Shakti

market

Hindi

Ca l c i u m

the

market,

had

Kellogg's
pricing

issue

the company

a price tag

words

Shakti)

revised

of 10.

(Corn

to

grab

Flakes
the

of

its
its

launched
Kellogg's
with

Iron

attention

of

users.

Kellogg's

then

successful
Frosties

decided

brands,

(April

business,
evening
Kellogg's

Kellogg's

by

launch

Chocos

1997),

snacks.

to

The

surprise

in

of

(September

India.

In

order

promoted
success
and

two

their

these
sales

highly

1996)

and

to expand

these

of

its

brands
variants

picked

its
as

took

up

significantly

in

the

subsequent

months.

Thus,
in the
as

organizations need
market.

religion,

beliefs,

cultural and
in

Japan,

Marketers

to adapt to new cultural characteristics,


need

customs,

to examine other important components of culture,

values,

societal differences.

may

fail

in

India.

In

For

example,

mourning
the

should
pork

and

cultural

are

also
is
not

be

many

aware

banned
used

dimension

of

in
the

festivals,

It has

the country where they are p l a n n i n g

Companies

if they want to survive

in

They

been observed

situations,

also

need

to

learn

about

that strategies that are

companies

have

successful

to adapt the

culture

Muslim
for

country

the

religious

practices

countries,

black

packaging.

Thus,

before

designing

and
it

is

prevailing
white

are

important

marketing

in

of

the
to

country.
colors

of

understand

strategies

for

organization.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

to operate.

about

Japan

etc.

such

Page SS

an

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

eBook

Social Class

Each

society

standards,
norms.

of

to

on

the

women,

many

jobs.

brands,
foods,

This
like

to

that

of them

cater

changing

to

pattern,

of society

which

are

has

known

its
as

own
class

of

Indian

are

taking
increase

Knorr,

the

needs

trends

for

With

an

and

to

class

they

strategies

lifestyle

MTR

behavior

Each

structure

so

leads

classes.

Companies

segment.

the

and

have

the

effective

in

social

consumption

properly,

target

changes

the

values

understand

design

each

up

lifestyle

of

consumers.

society

can

terms

in

effect

pattern

of

of different

These

strong

need

consists

of

in

came
of

up

the

society,

the

demand

with

Indian

so

an

for

excellent

society.

that

packaged

they

range

food.
of

Organizations

design

their

Many

big

ready-to-cook
should

analyze

marketing

mixes

accordingly.

Natural

Environment

The

natural

environment

the

means

of

concern

includes all

production

about

the

by

protection

destruction

of environments

etc.

Business,

conditions,
enterprises

as

itself,
it

can

should

affect

take

Since

environment,

against

has

natural

marketers.

natural

resources,

the

all

with

to

forms
open

the

steps

limit

1960s,

particularly,
of

of

of

harmful

effects

on

has

as

been
to

i n p u t for
growing

shortage

climatic

roads,

changing

environment

needed

regard

changing

construction

of the

their

there

with

pollution,

awareness

functioning
to

the

mining,

develop

resources that are

conditions,

buildings,

natural

of

dams,

environment

in

many

ways.

community,

Business
as

far

as

possible.

Some important trends of natural

resources are:

Scarcity of Raw Materials

Air and
Air

water seem

pollution

to

affects the

water crises are faced


coal,

food,

resources

be

and
for

making

life

by

forest

infinite

resources

of residents of urban

people in

should
their

but these are facing

a l so

many
be

products

semi-urban

parts of the world.

used
are

and

wisely.

now

the

cities,

whereas,

Resources such as oil,

Companies

facing

l ong- run dangers.

that

problem

require

of

considerable

price rise.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

these

Page 56

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

Increased

Industrial

eBook

Level of Pollution

activities

always

of chemical wastes,
non-biodegradable

rising

spoil

the

mercury

products

quality

levels

(such as

in

of the

natural

the oceans,

bottles,

plastics)

environment.

and

increasing

Dumping

garbage of

have adversely affected

the

natural environment.

Concern

for

the

Companies are
pollution

natural

now

controls,

manufacturing

and

environment-related

Technological

The

21''

better

the
to

in

is

considered

shaping

marketplace
mind

J.

K.

and

customers.
the

products,

operations.

for

many

recycled

companies.

materials,

Companies

are

superior

realizing

that

business for them.

With

such

technological

lives of i n d i v i d u a l s .

creating

opportunities

advancement,

defines

for

such

as

the

technology

as

improves

shortening

very

era.

rapidly

Sony,

It

Technology

is

one

of

the

businesses a l l over the world.


increases the

marketers.
the

The

Internet,

momentum
word

It

phones,

in

brings

stem

as,

"a

exciting
of the
and

systematic
tasks."

products,

technology

provide

Wal-Mart,

and

more
Apple

It

cell

of

scientific

or

leads to the development of new

and
life

application

gives

cycle,

options
have

cost
new
to

effective
products

consumers.

increased

their

services
are

to

flooded

Many

research

development budget to cope with changes in the technological environment.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

plays

of change

Technology

smart

most

much more.

knowledge to practical

services,

market

companies,

be a good

heart surgery, and

organized

products

into

by

Galbraith

other

biodegradable

the destiny of people and

the

technical

research, open

o p p o rt u n i t i e s

Environment

Century

role

provides

energy-efficient

activities can

dramatic forces shaping


a vital

environment

Page 57

big
and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

03.

Marketing

Environment

eBook

3 . 5 Chapter S u m m a r y

company's

marketing

environment

consists

that affect a company's a b i l i t y to develop and

of

the

external

factors

and

forces

maintain successful transactions and

relationships with the target markets.

External

components

broad categories:

Microenvironment

of

the

marketing

Microenvironment and

environment

can

be

classified

into

two

macroenvironment.

is the firm's immediate environment that

impinges on

its ability

to serve its customers.

The

macroenvironment

is

broadly

dispersed

and

influences

the

functioning

of an

organization indirectly.

The key elements of microenvironment are:

The company

Suppliers

Marketing

Competitors

Publics

Consumers

Demography
ethnicity, and

is

intermediaries

the

study

of

human

population,

with

regards

to

sex,

age,

race,

location.

Important trends of the demographic environment are:


o

Growing

Literacy and occupation

The changing

A changing family pattern

Geographical shift

According
agencies,
individuals

to
and

population

Philip

levels of population

role of women

Kotler,

pressure

"Political

groups

that

environment
influence

or

includes
limit

all

various

laws,

government

organizations

in a society."

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 58

and

Consumer
Buying Behavior

I T M

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

4 . 1 Introduction
The

essence of marketing

meeting
looking

the
for

marketing
customers.
changes

needs

fresh

of

target

emerging

strategies
Gaining

that

is the

take

customers

customer

require
a

consumer.

the

360-degree

place

Effective

satisfactorily.

trends

that

organization
view

throughout

marketing

of

their

both,

life

Marketing

spur

to

their

for

connect

day-to-day

helps

identifying

managers

opportunities

completely

span,

requires

are

them.
with

activities

marketers

design

always

Winning

its

the

T h i s chapter provides a better understanding of consumer dynamics.

this chapter,

you will

be able to:

Define consumer behavior

E x p l a i n the

Identify the characteristics that affect consumer behavior

Explain the buyer decision

Black Box Model of consumer behavior

www.itmuniversityonline.org

target

and

products in the right way.

After reading

and

process for new products

Page 60

the
right

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

4.2 C o n s u m e r Behavior: An
According

to

behavior

of

services

final

for

consumer

to

Kotler,

"Consumer

buyer

consumers-individual

personal

behavior

marketplace,
goods

Philip

Enigma

consumption."

helps

which

them

products

consumers.

Even

are

to

and

obsolete,

believe

which

and

refers

to

households-that

Marketers

decide

brilliantly

behavior

is

the

product

market if consumers do not identify themselves with

buy

a fair

products

which

engineered

that

may

goods

required

strategy

be

buying
and

understanding

are

best

the

in

to

of

the

present

unsuccessful

in

the

it.

4.3 Significance of U n d e r s t a n d i n g C o n s u m e r Behavior


It

is

necessary

for

marketers

to

understand

consumer

behavior

due

to

the

following

reasons:

It

helps

in

developing

ways

for

the

more

efficient

utilization

and

target

marketing,

of

marketing

resources.

For successful

market

an understanding

of consumers and

It will be highly useful

The

study

of

segmentation

in exploiting

consumers

it

is

necessary

to

have

their behavior.
marketing

enables

opportunities.

marketers

to

shape

the

future

of

their

organizations.

4.4 B l a c k Box M o d e l of C o n s u m e r Behavior


The

Black

the

behavior

include

Box

inner

mode l

of

an

is

based

individual

needs,

regards consumer

model

compares

the

is

thoughts,

model

with the mind

on

the work of psychologist


affected

and

behavior as a

transformation

of the consumer, which

Advertisements,

presentation

by

by

range

influences
processing

mind,

where

of consumers,
of the

input.

it

is

such

process

Thus,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

processed

it

external

that

of

Lewin,

personal

who

influences

environmental

responding
changes

to

the

studied

stimuli.

(which

factors).
The

stimulus

Black

into

how

This
Box

response

remains hidden from the outer world.

pitchmen,

as

of

process of

come u n d e r the scope of the stimulu s and


consumer's

interactions

Ku rt

needs,

opinions of family

members and

act as the input for the

to

generate

motives,

highlights

the

the

black

observable

attitude,

learning

box,

friends who
that is,

response.
etc.,

importance of studying

the

all

the

Internal

affect

the

psychological

Page 6 1

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

dimension

Behavior

of consumers,

which

eBook

helps

marketers

understand

the

working

of

the

Black

Box model.

Fig. 4.4a gives a broader perspective of the consumer black box m o d e l :

Transformation
Input

process

Output

Black Box

Consumer

(buyer's mind)

behavior

Internal factors

Decision

Stimuli

External factors

Marketing mix

Product

Price

Place

Promotion

Need and motives

Purchases

Perception and self-concept

No purchase

Attitude

Request for more

Learning

Personality

information

Others

Social class

Family

culture

Reference group

Opinion leadership
Fig. 4.4a: Black

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Box Model of Consumer Behavior

Page 62

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

4.5 Characteristics Affecting Consumer Behavior


Cultural,

social,

personal,

and

psychological

characteristics

affect

consumer

buying

behavior.

Cultural
Social

Personal
Culture

Psychological
Age and life

Reference groups

cycle stage

Motivation
Occupation
Perception

Subculture

Buyer

Economic situation

Family

Leaming
Lifestyle
Beliefs and
Personality and
Roles and status

Social class

Fig. 4.Sa:
Source:

Characteristics Affecting Consumer Behavior

Philip Kotler, Armstrong, Agnihotri,

Ehsan

ul

Haque,

Principles of Marketing,

Characteristics Affecting Consumer Behavior:


Cultural
culture,

factors

stress

subculture,

purchasing.

Thus,

and

attitudes

self-concept

the

deep

social

and

classes

marketers need

broad
play

Cultural

influence

an

to understand

13th Edition.

Factors

on

important

Pearson,

consumer

role

in

the role played

buying.

influencing

Buyer's

consumer

by them.

Culture
According
basic

to Philip

values,

behaviors
from

learned

institutions."

to

of

and

Each

the

adjust

wants,

and

by a member of a society

influences,

behavior
failure

perceptions,

family

cultural

Kotler, "Culture is a set of

other

society
which

consumers.
to

the

to

find

has

important
a

affect
An

culture

culture
the

and

buying

organization's
can

affect

its

functioning.

Marketers
might

be

are

always

required

identifying

in the

cultural

marketplace.

shifts,

in

For example,

the use of cosmetics these days provides marketing

www.itmuniversityonline.org

order

out

new

products

the shift of male consumers


opportunities to

that

toward

several companies.

Page 63

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Brands,

such

Behavior

as Nivea and

eBook

Emami, are trying

to g a i n

these opportunities that arise from

the cultural shift.

Subculture

According

to

distinctive
who

Jim

Blythe,

groups

share

behaviors

of

customs

that

members

of

religions,

racial

fall

under

same

groups,

and

category

Punjabi

subculture:
Mandi,

Punjabi

Food

Lahore,

street

symbolizes

Sikhs

are

groups.

Numerous products and


with

from

examples

of

regions

all

Muslims,

key

subculture

services,

religious

other

Nationalities,

subcultures.

and

beliefs,

which are

ceremonies

and

at these subcultures.

in
the

enthusiasm of life.

Marketers must

identify whether the

it

candidate

an

tactors."

geographic

of

celebrations, are targeted

Gawal

meanings,

them

society.

are

society

have distinct values,

Hindus,

associated

cultural

distinguish

the

the

within

environmental

Members of subculture
and

people

common
and

"Subcultures

attractive

marketers

grab

them

with

according

for

o p p o rt u n i t i e s

chance

to

make

beliefs and

special

marketing

available
profits

values of a

in

by

each

or

not.

particular

Analysis

subculture

designing

products

of

segment.
and

subculture,

make

subculture

helps

It

also

marketing

provides

programs,

to their needs.

Social Class

According

to

relatively
members

Social

share

is

and

determined
and

many

in

classes

ordered

other

of

society's

divisions

interests,

terms

are

and

whose

behaviors."

income,

variables of the

education,
individuals

society.

Marketers must

identify the dynamics of social class

within the same social class, generally,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

"Social

s i m i l a r values,

assets,

who make up

individual

Kotler,

permanent

class

occupation,

Philip

because an

tends to show similar buying

behavior.

Page 64

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Social

classes

furnishings,
difference
classes.

depict

leisure

distinct

activity,

between

Brands

Behavior

like

Gucci

products

and

different

eBook

and

brand

automobiles.

social

Thus,

classes and

focus on

preferences,
marketers

design

the upper classes,

such

as

clothing,

need

to

understand

products that appeal


offering

to

home
the

different

top-quality watches

that

serve as a status symbol.

Characteristics Affecting Consumer Behavior:

A consumer's behavior is
groups, family, and

influenced

by

Social

social factors,

Factors

such as the consumer's

reference

social roles and status.

Reference Groups

In

the

direct

words

of

Philip

Kotler,

(face-to-face)

behavior."

Friends,

or

"Reference

indirect

celebrities,

groups

influence

clubs,

and

comprises

on

religious

an

groups

that

individual's

groups,

can

all

have

attitude

act

as

a
or

reference

groups.

Marketers

need

to

study

the

following

categories

of

reference

groups

for

better

understanding of consumer b e h a v i o r :

Membership groups

Membership g r o u p s comprise the few


exert a strong

influence on consumers.

all come under this category.

Friends,

interact,

family members, and

The members of t h i s group

the transmission of values and

but close members, who

play an

meet, and

peer groups

important role in

beliefs.

Aspirational groups

Aspirational

groups

personalities

and

are

groups

millionaires

are

that

people

examples

hope

of this

to

be

category.

a
To

part

of.

be

part

Sports
of the

aspirational g r o u p , the i n d i v i d u a l has to meet the norms of that g r o u p .

Dissociative groups

Dissociative

groups

are

defined

as

groups

whose

values

or

behavior

person

refuses.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 65

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Marketers

must

think

Behavior

of

ways

eBook

to

reach

and

wherever the influence of reference groups

influence

is strong.

the

group's

opinion

leaders,

Marketers try to approach opinion

leaders by:

Identifying the demographic and

psychographic characteristics of opinion leaders.

Identifying the preferred media of opinion leaders.

Directing messages at opinion leaders.

Brands

like

Reebok and

known

celebrities

as

L'Oreal
brand

have

used

well

ambassadors,

by

getting them for in-store promotions.

Family

The

family

behavior.
influence
services.

is

one

of

the

Organizations
of

the

are

husband,

For example,

powerful

paying

wife,

Brooke

stories of their w e d d i n g s ,
print interesting

most

attention

and

Bond

organizations

kids

Red

in order to

to

in

Label

influencing

identifying

the
in

of

purchase

India

the
of

consumer-buying

roles

and

various

promotes

relative

products

its consumers to

increase the sales of their product.

and
send

They assure

to

stories on their packs, along with family photographs.

The structure,

size, and

consumer-buying

nuclear

family

whereas,
(head)

in

of

decision.

are

taken

For

by

example,

both,

decisions

husband

a joint family, decisions are taken

the

evaluating
member

system of the family also affect the

family.

the
of

the

Most

organizations

consumption
family

who

role

and

makes

are

and

by the

wife,
Karta

continuously

behavior

the

in

final

of

the

purchase

decisions.

Children are also playing a pivotal role in the family's buying


decisions. They are actively influencing
drinks,

health

drinks

(such

www.itmuniversityonline.org

as

Boost,

the family's buying


Bournvita),

decisions in the fields of soft

restaurants,

clothing,

etc.

Page 66

Thus,

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

marketers

of

Behavior

restaurants,

eBook

mobile

phones,

advertisements on channels like N i c k and

Social

soft

etc.

are

now

playing

Pogo.

Roles and Status

The person's position in each group can be defined


to

drinks

Philip

Kotler,

perform-each

statuses

and

products and

"A

role

roles

role

consists

of

the

carries a status."

through

their

brand

in terms of role and status. According

activities

Marketers

that

generally

associations,

and

services that communicate their role and

person

is

expected

communicate the

customers

status in

society.

usually

to

various

choose

For example,

company's president would often drive a luxury car, wear expensive brands, and eat in a
5-star restaurant, all of which reflects their higher social status.

Characteristics Affecting Consumer Behavior:

Personal

characteristics,

buyer's

decision

is

also

influenced

stage in the life cycle, occupation,

by

personal

economic situation,

Factors

such

personality and

as

buyer's

age,

self-concept, and

lifestyle.

Age and Stage in the Life Cycle

An

individual's

Changes
age.
and

in

buying

areas,

pattern of various

such

as food,

Organizations often
develop

Unilever's

appropriate

new

choose

products and

entertainment,
their target

products and

product ' P o n d s Age

and

services changes over a lifetime.

clothing

segments on

services for each

Miracle',

are frequently

the

with

basis of life cycle stages

stage.

targets the 30

linked

For example,

Hindustan

plus women's category,

who

are conscious of their looks and want to look pretty.

Buying

patterns

affected
such

by the family life cycle.

as,

migrating

late
to

opportunities,

stages

of consumers

of

professionals,

marriages,

abroad
buying
career
etc.,

for

are also
Trends,
children

better

of assets at early
by

opened

working

the doors of

new opportunities to the marketers.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

job

Page 67

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Occupation
The occupation
look

for

the

accordingly.
in

your

of a person

spendable

You

should

products

products

that

are

manufacturing

affects the consumption


income

of

the

target

pattern.

market

As a marketer,

and

develop

you

your

also figure out the occupational groups that are more

and

services.

required

by

An

organization

specific

companies in Sialkot,

can

occupational

Pakistan,

even

be

group.

an

For

expert

products
interested

at

example,

should

making

instrument

s u p p l y surgical tools across the globe.

Economic Situation

The

choice

Marketers
and

of

of

interest

the

product

is

greatly

income-sensitive
rates.

If a

goods

recession

retune the price of products,

is

influenced
must

follow

inevitable,

by

consumer's

trends

in

marketers

economic

personal

can

situation.

income,

redesign,

savings,

reposition,

and

in order to offer more value to target customers.

Personality and Self-concept


A

consumer's

complete
behavior

personality

understanding
and

also,

better understanding
strategies
identify

and

the

of

guide

organizations also use

has

the

them

distinctive

consumer's
in

a concept

of self-concept

advertising

preferences

match t h e i r tastes and

their

to

helps

campaigns.

of

personality

formulating

related

By

influence

on
will

appropriate

personality

their
help

buying
marketers

products

called

consumers

and

and

person's

marketers develop the


understanding

know

services.

products

Many
A

marketing

marketers

and

their

self-concept.

company's

self-concept,

develop

behavior.

services

can
that

preferences.

Lifestyle
Lifestyle

is

an

understanding

important
of

the

consumer's value and

factor

lifestyle
how

that

affects

concept,

an

consumer-buying
organization

it influences consumer-buying

For

gets

behavior.
to

With

know

the

changing

behavior.

example,

address
affluent

the

God rej

evolving

urbanites

tried
lifestyles

with

to
of

its extensive

range of products.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

clear

Page 68

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Characteristics Affecting Consumer Behavior:

An

individual's

perception,

buying

learning,

choices are

beliefs, and

influenced

by

Psychological

the

psychological

Factors

factors of motivation,

attitudes.

Motivation

Motivation

is

motivated

by

wants.
Kotler,

Thus,

the

driving

needs

force

and

when

consumer-buying

"Motive

is

th at

need

leads

needs

people

are

to

backed

act
by

behavior is stimulated

that

is

sufficiently

as

they

do.

purchasing

Human

power,

actions

they

by motivation. According

pressing

to

direct

the

are

become
to

Philip

person

to

seek satisfaction."

Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

This

theory

Maslow

has

been

identified

self-actualization

five

proposed
basic

needs.

Fig. 4.Sb

needs are

the

needs,

According

needs before higher-level


the higher-level

by

psychologist

starting
to

with

Maslow,

Abraham

Maslow

physiological

individuals

needs affect t h e i r behavior.

must

in

needs
satisfy

the

and

year
ending

their

In countries where income

is h i g h ,

is the diagrammatic representation of Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs.

Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

Lower-level
needs

www.itmuniversityonline.org

with

lower-level

important to consumer behavior.

Fig. 4.Sb:

1943.

Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs

Page 69

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

illustrates the products that are designed to satisfy the needs of each level.

Table 4.Sa

Product

Level

Physiological needs

Food, water, medicines,

vitamins, exercise equipment and gym

memberships, health care and cleansing


and

Safety needs

products, sleep aids

mattresses, etc.

Health and

life insurance, computer antivirus software, smoke

and carbon monoxide detectors, antibacterial cleaners,

business

protection, auto safety features, etc.


Socia

needs

Cosmetics, food, entertainment, fashion, appliances and


f u r n i s h i n g s , c l u b s and organizations, cars,

Esteem needs

home

etc.

Fashion, jewelry, gourmet foods, electronics, cosmetics,


cars, credit cards,

investments,

sports and

luxury

hobbies, travel, spas,

etc.
Self-actua ization

Education, cultural events, sports and

needs

seminars, technology, travel,

Table 4.Sa:
Source:

Louis.

E.

Boone,

Products
L.

hobbies, motivational

investments, etc.

Designed to Satisfy the Needs of Each

Level

Kurtz, Contemporary Marketmg

Perception

According
selects,

to

Philip

Kotler,

organizes,

and

picture of the world." An

d u e to three perceptual
retention.
pay

"Perception

interprets

is

the

information

i n d i v i d u a l can

process

by

inputs

have different

to

which
create

individuals

to

to

all

meaningful

processes-selective attention, selective distortion, and

these

screen

individual

perceptions of the same object

I n d i v i d u a l s are exposed to numerous stimuli every day

attention

an

stimuli.

out

most

Selective
of

the

attention

is

information

but it is not possible to

defined

they

selective

are

as

the

ability

exposed

of

to.

the

Thus,

organizations work really hard to g a i n the attention of their target customers.

According to
to

interpret

This

Philip

information

suggests

customers
selective

Kotler,

and

that

the

also,

retention,

"Selective distortion describes the tendency of people


in

a way that will

organization

study

how

consumers

must

customers

try

support what they

to

will

understand

respond

remember the good

to

the

their

already

mindset

of

believe."

its

promotional

points of brands

that

they

tools.
like

forget the good points of competitors.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

target

Page 70

In
and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Learning

According
that

to

arise

cues,

Philip
from

stimuli,

l ea r n i n g

are

Kotler,

"Learning

experience."

responses,
classical

and

strong

example,
bad

drives,

when

buying

conditioning

using

woman

experience.

a Pillsbury

and

buys a

If she

happens

operant

cues,

pack of

two

the

most

conditioning.

and

providing

buying

These

she

Thus,

of

can

learning

the

will

to

theories
learning

reinforcement.

have an

she

drives,

approaches

by connecting

positive

experience,

be reinforced.

interaction

popular

for a product

Pillsbury Atta,

has a good

response w i l l

through

The

establish demand

motivating

Atta more frequently-her


buying

Learning

reinforcement.

teach marketers that they should


with

involves changes in an individual's behavior

For

either good

probably

probability

use

or
the

is greater of

product.

Beliefs and Attitude

According
about

to

Philip

Kotler,

something."

'beliefs' that

Understanding

brand

toward

their

offerings
and

into

beliefs

professionals

have about

their

existing

of Indians,

paying

products and

attitude

is

very

those attitudes and

products

are

thought that a person

attention

services.

This

to

and

services.

attitudes

rather

McDonald's

has

valuable

for

marketers,

so

forms

successful

than

trying

become

company,
to

alter

huge

hit

in

the

By

basis

of

they

develop

positive attitude

generally,

them.

the

the

behavior.

that

consumers can adopt a more

holds

identifying

images a n d , ultimately, affects customer b u y i n g

consumer

means for persuading

belief is a descriptive

Marketing

customers

t h e i r product and

"A

tries

matching

category

to

fit

its

attitudes

of fast

food

restaurants of India.

4.6 Types of Buying


Henry Assael

identified

Decision Behavior

four types of buying

decision

behaviors,

buyer involvement and the degree of differences among

www.itmuniversityonline.org

based

on

the degree of

brands.

Page 7 1

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Fig. 4.6a shows the types of buying

behavior:

High involvement

Low involvement

Significant differences

between brands

Few differences

between brands

Fig. 4.6a:
Source:

In complex

Behavior

of

Behavior

buying

significant

type

Decision

Henry Assael, Consumer Behavior and Marketing Action.

Complex Buying

of

Types of Buying

behavior,

differences

behavior

when

consumers are

among

the

product

is

involved

available

in a buying

brands.

high-priced,

Usually,

bought

process and
consumers

occasionally,

are aware

exhibit

risky,

and

this

highly

self-expressive.

A marketer of high-involvement products


information
make

and

users

analyzing

aware

about

between other brands,

consumers
is

based

example,

the

the

when

maximum

those

fact

their

Buying

buying

in a purchase

on

behavior

consumers,

all

of

the

is

features.

This

to

brands
brands

characterized

see small differences

purchase

consumers want

number

high-involvement
a l so

products.
helps

in

They

need

distinguishing

buy

is

in

an

extreme

brands.

brought

The

these

same.

products

This

is

involvement

high

infrequently,

home furnishings or curtain

selling
are

costly,

by

in

because

their

and

material,

similar

of

involvement

price

perceived

risky.
they

range.

For
view

For

difference

between the brands is insignificant.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

to

the advantages of their product.

behavior

the

the structure of collecting

Behavior

but they

that

of

product

by explaining

Dissonance-reducing

Dissonance-reducing

the

needs to understand

Page 72

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Habitual

When

Buying

Behavior

eBook

Behavior

products are

bought with

low

involvement and

it falls under the category of habitual


or

eggs,

usually,

consumers

any superstore and

Variety Seeking

Some
brand

buying

little

behavior.

involvement.

significant

For example,
They

simply

brand
while

go

to

differences,

buying

the

bread

market

or

pick up the products.

Buying

situations

difference.

switching

show

buying

little

Behavior

are

Here,

characterized

consumers

by

low

frequently

takes place for the sake of variety,

involvement

do

plenty

but

of

with

brand

considerable

switching.

Brand

rather than dissatisfaction.

4.7 The Buyer Decision Process


The

consumer

buying,
given

buying

consumers

process

miss

out

passes

or

sometimes,

five

main

reverse

of

However,

these

stages.

in

Information

Evaluation of

Purchase

Postpurchase

search

alternatives

decision

behavror

Need

recognition

unfulfilled

need

initiates

or

problem.

stimuli take

be converted

the

place when

into a drive.

Buyer Decision Process

buying

The

need

process,
is

in

activated

which
by

the

a person's basic needs get

The

figure

process:

Need

Recognition

regular

The

recocmnon

Need

Internal

stages.

some

below shows the five stages of the buyer decision

Fig. 4.7a:

to

through

pace of consumer

the

consumer

internal

and

identifies

external

stimuli.

higher to the threshold

problem

identification

can

an

be

level,
pretty

fast or fairly slow.

Sometimes,

the

consumer

is

unaware

about

the

employ advertisements or sales personnel to aid


needs or problems.

Marketers should

is likely to generate those needs,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

problem

or

need.

the activation of the

be aware of consumer

so that they can

Usually,

marketers

recognition of such

needs and

also,

plan appropriate marketing

about what
strategies.

Page 73

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Information Search
Once the consumer identifies the

need

is

stage,

information

search.

In

this

information that w i l l satisfy the need

In

internal

memories,

search,
and

outside search

if

the

are

unable

to get enough

the

the

next

consumer

stage of the

searches

buying

process

for

specific

product

the

product

in

or problem.

consumers

they

or problem,

search

for

to

enough

find

information.

information

about

information,

The external

search

they

will

includes

look

several

their

for

the

sources,

such as:

Personal sources,

which

P u b l i c sources, which

include media, consumer-rating

Commercial

which

sources,

include family members, friends,

consist

of

and

neighbors.

organizations, etc.

advertisements,

salespeople,

dealers,

and

websites.

The

extent

the

of the

product

commercial

influence

category.

sources

The

that

information comes from

As

more

offered

information

brand

way that

of these

are

sources

consumer,
skillfully

varies

with

usually,

controlled

the

gets

by

buyer's characteristics

maximum

the

marketers.

information
The

most

personal or public agencies, which are independent

is obtained,

increases.

Thus,

awareness

marketers

and

knowledge

should

design

from

effective

bodies.

of the consumer about

their

it makes their prospective consumers aware and

and

marketing

mix

in

the

such

provide knowledge about their

brands.

Evaluation of Alternatives
After

gathering

subsequent

sufficient

stage

of

information

evaluation

of

buying

The

the

consumer

marketer

needs

information to reach at the brand

to

moves

into

recognize

selection.

the
how

It is to
in all

situations.

evaluation

and

the

of

particular

doing

situation,
buyers

product,

that the consumer does not use the single or simple process of evaluation

The

after

the

alternatives.

the consumer processes the gathered


be noted

about

to

the

alternatives

buying

careful

situation.

calculation

same consumer may


discover

that

marketers to take solid

by

how

and

In

one

rational

buy the
they

consumers

situation,
thought

product on

will

depends

evaluate

on

consumer

process,

trusting
the

the

individual
may

whereas,

his or

different

buy
in

consumer
a

product

some

her intuition.
alternatives

Study of
help

steps to influence them.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

other

Page 74

the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Purchase

At

Consumers

stage,

usually

intention

buy
and

consumers grade the


the

the

is the attitude of others.


mobile

The

on

factor

the

However,
and

the

may

the

the

brand,

person close to

the unexpected
such

but

you

purchase

of

expectations,

have an

intention

of

you

arises

The

should

buyer

advantages

consumer.

in

process.

of

on

The first

product,

Hence,

the

factor

low-priced

mobile phone.

purchase

the

intention.

between

buy a

buy a low-priced

adverse effect

the

not always result

buying

says that

income,

that

purchase

intention
and

purchase

even

the

is

price.

intention
purchase

in actual purchase.

Behavior
behavior is the final

meets

the

may

make the

factors

situational factors.

expected

factors

the consumer will

product

as

preferences do

postpurchase

level

favorite

purchase decision affects the

If a

unexpected

Postpurchase

product,

is

factors

alter

intention and

The

most

b r a n d s and

phone, then there is a possibility that you would

second

built

eBook

Decision

the evaluation

purchase

Behavior

the

expected

consumer,
the

evaluate

it

consumer

is

the

level

makes

stage of the

product and

or

not.

him

happy.

If the
happy.

Larger the gap

level

the expected

level of dissatisfaction. Thus,

If

or

level, then the consumer is more than

between

buying

the

her

product

fails

unhappy;

the

After

check if the actual

purchased

and

process.

product

product

marketers make only those

if

to

it

purchasing

the

performance of

meet

meets

surpasses

performance,

the
the

expected
level

of

the expected

greater

is the

promises that their product can

deliver so that consumer can be satisfied.

4.8 The Buyer Decision Process for New Products


According
through
final

to

Philip

which

an

adoption" and

Kotler,

the

individual

adoption
passes

process

from

adoption as the decision

is

first
by an

defined

as,

learning
individual

"the

about
to

mental

an

process

innovation

become a regular user

of the product.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

to

Page 75

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Behavior

Stages in the Adoption

eBook

Process

Usually, consumers pass through five stages in the adoption process:


1.

Awareness

During

th i s

stage,

information

about

consumers
the

become

product

is

aware

lacking

of

or

the

has

product's

little

existence,

information

but

about

the

about

the

product.
2.

Interest

At

th i s

stage,

product and
3.

the

consumer

is interested

gets

prompt

to

seek

out

information

to learn about the product.

Evaluation

After gathering

enough

information

advantages of the product and


4.

about the

product,

the

prospect considers the

makes the decision whether to try it or not.

Trial

The consumer tests the

new

product to determine whether the

product fulfills the

needs or not.
s.

Adoption

At this final stage, the consumer purchases the new product for regular use.

When

company

adoption
the

same

introduces

process of that
pace

either.

product

For

those

process q u i c k l y whereas some

new

product

instantly.
who

begin

in

They do

adopted

the

the

the

process

market,

not

do

not

pass the adoption

product,

much

people

later.

some

of

start

process

them

the
with

accept

For major products,

the

there

are some sets of people who never begin the process at a ll.

A consumer

usually

falls

u n d e r one of the

five

main

adopter categories,

depending

the time taken to adopt the new product.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 76

on

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04.

Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Fig. 4.Sa shows the five main adopter categories:

34%

34%

2.5%
3.5%
Early

Early

Late

majority

majority

!
l

adopters:

X = 2cr

x -e

Time of Adoption of Innovations

Fig. 4.Sa: Adopter Categorization on the

Basis of Relative Time of Adoption of

Innovations
Source:

Everett M.

Rogers,

Diffusion of Innovations

Innovators
Innovators are defined
it.

They

young,

are

as the first 2. 5 percent users who try the

venturesome

in a good

financial

and

test

or

try

new

products

position, well educated, and

at

new

certain

product and

risk.

adopt

Innovators

are

have h i g h social status.

Early Adopter

Early

adopters are

market.
have

They

strong

early and

the

second

are frequently

influence

in

set

of

users who

described

their groups.

represent

as the o p i n i o n

the

leaders

13.5
in

percent

of the

their social

An early adopter adapts to

the

new

total

system

product

and

ideas

very carefully.

Early Majority

Early
by

majority

the

constitute

opinions

of

the

the

34

early

percent

adopters

of the
and

total

adapt

market.
to

the

They
new

are

strongly affected

innovation

before

the

average consumer.

Late Majority

Late

majority

consists

of 34

percent

when most of the market has tried

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of the

total

market

and

adapt

to

the

new

product

it.

Page 77

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

Laggards

Laggards constitute the


are

high

resistance

to

16

percent

change.

It

of total

is

market,

difficult

to

which

convert

are

these

bound

by

traditions and

consumers,

as

they

loyal to the current products with the low risk taking abilities.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 78

are

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

04. Consumer Buying

Behavior

eBook

4.9 Chapter S u m m a r y

Consumer

buyer

individuals and

behavior

refers

households that

to

the

buying

buy goods and

behavior

of

Black Box model

is based on the work of psychologist Kurt Lewin.

Cultural,

personal,

buying

and

psychological

consumers,

services for personal consumption.

social,

final

characteristics

affect

the

consumer

behavior.

Complex

buying

behavior,

and

behavior,

variety

dissonance

seeking

buying

reducing
behavior

buying
are

behavior
the

four

habitual
types

of

buying
buying

decision behaviors.

The five main stages of the buying decision


o

Evaluation of alternatives

Information search

Need

Purchase decision

Postpu rchase behavior

recognition

The adoption

process

passes from first

Consumers

process are:

pass

is defined

as the mental

learning about an
through

the

five

process through which an

individual

innovation to final adoption.


stages

of

the

adoption

process,

which

are

follows:
o

Awareness

Interest

Evaluation

Trial

Adoption

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 79

as

Market
Segmentation,
Targeting, and
Positioning

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

5 . 1 Introduction
Companies
efforts
the

to

achieve

market

However,
market,
Thus,
can
or

across

and

the

financial

they

are

the

have
large

with

in

more

well

and

markets

get
to

good

build

dedicated

Their

needs

realized

of

that

number,

in order to be successful,

serve

their

success.

identifying

companies

as

globe,

their
they

buyers
cannot

companies must

clear

include

scattered,

returns from.

efforts

and

working

and

professionals,

an

so

in-depth

they

connect
have

making

understanding

can
with

are

serve
all

different

them

buyers

buying

of

well.

in

the

patterns.

identify the part of the market that they

Recently,

distinctive

most

image

companies are
in

the

minds

choosing

of

their

one

target

customers.

This

chapter

gives

better

segmentation, targeting, and

After reading this chapter,

understanding

of

the

concepts

of

marketing

positioning.

you

will

be able to:

Define market segmentation,

List the steps involved

Identify the variables of market segmentation

Describe how to choose a differentiation and

D i s t i n g u i s h the terms product positioning

Identify

Explain

positioning

key

targeting, and

in segmenting

positioning

a market

and

positioning
brand

strategy

positioning

errors

repositioning

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 8 1

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

5 . 2 M e a n i n g and
Market

segmentation

success

of

customers.

an

is often

involves

possible to connect with


to

be

unbeaten,

eBook

Definition of Market Segmentation

organization

This

Positioning

described

depends

providing
all

marketers

as

on

the

its

divide

keystone of

ability

right

the customers
should

the

to

products

in

broad

the

satisfy
and

and

market

present
the

marketing.

needs

services.

diverse

into

day

its

However,

markets.

smaller

of

target

it

Thus,

The

is

not

in order

homogeneous

groups

with distinctive needs and wants.

According
into

to

Philip

Kotler,

homogeneous

selected
Market
needs.

as

subsets

market

segmentation
It also

market.
market,

For

market

positioning
segment,

of

customers,

target

helps

helps them

based

"Market segmentation

to

be

marketers

where

reached

identify

segmentation,

are

inter-linked

concepts.

After

subset

may

distinct
that

break

up

have

and

be

mix."

homogeneous

the selected

large

has

a market

conceivably

target

heterogeneous

Market segmentation,
company

of

marketing

strategies toward

the

it is ready to start its market targeting

any

subdividing

customers

organizations

on some meaningful characteristics.

the

with

the

to focus their efforts and

is

targeting,

defined

its

and

market

positioning.

Objectives of Market Segmentation


The objectives of market segmentation are:

To

know

can

the

varying

be reached

buying

by d e s i g n i n g

behavior

of

customers,

appropriate marketing

To make the activities of the firms customer-oriented.

To

To

identify

the

needs,

be created

buying-motives,

that

potential

or markets can

priorities,

customers

strategies.

identify areas where customers can

so

and

tastes

be expanded.
of

the

targeted

customers.

Benefits of Market Segmentation


Market segmentation

helps to:

Distinguish one consumer group from another in a product market.

Avoid

the wastage of marketing efforts and

Know

the

specific

needs of each

segment

resources in unprofitable segments.


and

devise an

attractive

marketing

to meet the needs of each segment.

Acquire greater competitive capability and

Provide opportunities to expand

www.itmuniversityonline.org

distinctive excellence.

the market.

Page 82

mix

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

5 . 3 Criteria for Effective


In

order

to

be

effective,

each

measurability, accessibility,

eBook

Market Segmentation
proposed

stability,

and

segmentation

substantiality

needs

(Thomas,

to

pass

tests

for

1980).

Measurability

The size,

Positioning

purchasing

power, and

profile of the segments can be measured.

Accessibility

Marketers

are

able

to

reach

their

market

segment

effectively,

in

terms

of

communication and distribution.

Stability

The consumer behavior of each segment must

be predictable over time.

Substantiality

The

market

segment

must

be

sufficiently

large

and

profitable,

for

firm

to

pay

back its efforts.

In

1996,

Baker

proposed

uniqueness as the extra

This creates d i s p a r i t y with


stability

and

uniqueness

segmentation.
designed

Donthu and

and

Action-ability

for attracting

and

include

Cherian

criteria

(1994)

action-ability

is defined

for an effective

and

as

Kotler et a l .

condition

for

as the degree to which effective

segmentation.

( 1 9 9 4 ) , who skip
effective

market

programs can

be

serving customers.

5.4 Levels of Market Segmentation


According

to P h i l i p Kotler, the four levels of market segmentation are:

Segment Marketing

A market
abilities,

segment

consists

geographical

organization

to

create

of

locations,
a

distribution channels and

more

set
and

of customers
buying

fine-tuned

that

habits.

product

or

have

similar

Segment
service

wants,

marketing
offering.

purchasing
enables

The

choice

an
of

communications channels become much easier with the help of

segment marketing.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 83

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Niche

Positioning

eBook

Marketing

niche

is

more

narrowly

unique

defined

customer

segment

--

looking

RingGuord

an

for

effective

products

RingGuard

and

and

different

mix

cost

services

from

benefits.

efficient
to

mass

of

Niche

way

specific

marketing,

of

set

as

marketing

selling

specific

of audience.

it

is

It

concentrates

is
on

<'

fulfilling

19GtJgf':' _ ,

example,
Guard,

skin

infections caused

the

needs

the

of

product

by

Philip

Members of a niche w i l l

The niche is not attractive to many competitors.

The

has

to

size,

disposable

niche

marketing

readily

try

to

pay a p r e m i u m .

income,

understand

growth,

the

needs

As the marketing

to

Kotler,

the

"Local

needs

and

marketing
wants

facility

of

money

NRI

from

branches
abroad.

In

to

serve

the

the

same

of

local

needs.

rate,

of the

stability,

customers,

effectiveness

of

the

increases,

foreign f i l m s that were released

Those

who

support

the other
on

hand,

production

local

and

Kerala,

are

marketing

groups-cities,
banks

have

members

whose

loved

ones

Spiderman

3 was

released

broke all

records, with

regard

consider
against
costs.

nationalized

local

advertising

in
to

marketing

A brand's

argue

overall

a waste of efforts.

that

image

is

it

has an

lost

if the

adverse
product

message are different in different areas.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

in India.

marketing

those who

in

brands

many

family

movie

tailoring

customer

For example,

needs

way,

involves

the five different regional languages in I n d i a . The movie

and

are:

little may become more lucrative.

neighborhoods and even specific stores."

effect

requirement of treating

profitability.

into

Philip

promotions

On

Ring

Marketing

According

send

niche

For

pay more for a product that satisfies these needs.

the niches that are, apparently, too

the

market.

Pharmaceuticals,

have a set of s i m i l a r but unmet or underserved

sufficient

accessibility, and

Local

Paras

Kotler,

Members of a niche

so that customers can

of

defined

by bacteria or f u n g i .

Marketers who are

specific

concentrates on the

Characteristics of an attractive niche, cited

niche

Page 84

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Individual

of marketing.
buy.

eBook

Marketing

Companies can

to

Positioning

They

now

Now,

offer customers

individual

customers are actively

use the

Internet

to

talk with suppliers and dealers,

Many firms are allowing

search

for

and often,

products d u e

taking

part

in

information,

to

increased

deciding

what

analyze the

their consumers to design

products and

not

is

difficult
as

for

the

and

Companies

such

Berger Paints follow the customization strategy

as

of

Asian

is

surely
firm.

customization

complex

cost

products,
sector.

of the

above the

However,
paints.

how

service,

every

the automobile

over and

like

or

customization

increases

products

and

services of their choice.

for

such

for

buy

product

Implementation

well

to

design a product they want.

However,

worked

sophistication

product

r eg u l a r price.

customization
Paints,

It

Shalim ar

has
Paints,

in their p a i n t retailing.

5 . 5 Patterns of Market Segmentation


Market

segment

can

be

established

in

several

ways.

One

of

the

well-liked

ways

is

identify preference segments. The three patterns of market segmentation are:

(a)

Homogeneous

(b)

Diffused

( c)

Preferences

Preferences

Clustered
Preferences

..

:-::.' 1

,.

.. . . .

11:,I

,:;.:,:..

. ..

. ..

..

..

.....

:..:.:

. ....

\:

I.1::,,I
.

:.

...

.....

. . :,, .
.
.. .

1
... .
..

'::.-:
. . .

Fig. 5.Sa:
Source:

Philip Kotler,

Patterns of Market Segmentation

Marketing Management,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Millennium

Edition (pdf)

Page 85

to

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

Homogeneous Preferences

It

indicates

markets,

the

market

marketers

can

where
use

consumers

the

usually

undifferentiated

have

similar

marketing

preferences.

strategy,

as

In

there

such

are

no

segments.

Diffused

It

Preferences

indicates

marketers

the

market

have

to

adopt

where

consumers

differentiated

have

strategies

highly
by

scattered

introducing

preferences.

several

Thus,

brands

in

the

market.

Clustered

Here,

the

Preferences

market discloses diverse

preference clusters called

The first firm that enters the market has the following

natural

market

segments.

options:

The firm w i l l select the biggest market segment.

The firm develops a n u m b e r of brands for different segments.

5.6 Steps in S e g m e n t i n g a Market


The steps for selecting a market are:

Fig. S.6a: Steps in Segmenting


Source:

1.

Charles W.

Lamb, Joseph F.

Hair, Jr., Carl

D.

Mac Daniel,

a Market

Marketing

Choose a market or product class for study

The first step


study.

The

functional,

is to define the overall

selected
a totally

market

can

be

marketplace or product class to


the

one

new segment or a new

in

which

segment that

the
is

be taken for

company
linked

is

already

to a market or

product class.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 86

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

2.

Select a basis or bases for segmenting

This

3.

Positioning

step

ca l l s

for

managerial

successful

segmentation

substantial,

identifiable,

insight,

design

the market

vision,

must

accessible, and

eBook

and

understanding

produce

market

of the

market.

segments

that

are

responsive.

Choose segmentation descriptors

The

next step

is choosing

segmentation,
Descriptors

marketing

spot

psychographic

the

the

segmentation

professionals

particular

segmentation,

descriptor.

must

select

segmentation

it

might

use

After selecting

the

segmentation

variables

lifestyle,

to

use.

attitude,

If

and

the

basis of

descriptors.
firm

selects

personality

as

descriptors.

4.

Profile and analyze segments

The
of

profile

purchase,

and

profit

market

brand

possibilities.

and

by

usage,

This

profit

step

marketing

loyalty

information
opportunity,

segment,
toward

can
risk,

then

estimated

the
be

brand,
used

uniformity

growth,

and

to

with

frequency

long-term

rank
the

the

firm's

sales

potential
task

and

other factors that are significant to the company.

is

natural

outcome

of

the

segmentation

process

and

influences

the

mix of an organization.

Design, implement, and

Product,

distribution,

maintain appropriate marketing mixes

promotion,

is used to get equally satisfying

5.7

market

Select target markets

This

6.

present

segments

objectives,

5.

i n c l u d e s the size of the

and

pricing

strategies are the marketing

mix that

exchange l i n k s with target markets.

Bases for S e g m e n t i n g Consumer Markets

Major segmentation variables for segmenting

Geographic Segmentation

Demographic Segmentation

Behavioral Segmentation

Psychographic Segmentation

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the market are:

Page 87

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

preferences, as most consumers were vegetarians.

Brands,

such

as Titan,

Sonata,

Maggi,
"'

and
to

Top

Ramen,

match

the

launched

changing

n u m b e r of

lifestyle

of

products

Indian

users.

TfN

RAGA

Titan

launched

It/eaves

Raga,

a series of watches,

Nebula,

and

Regalia

to

such as

appeal

Edge,

different

lifestyle segmentation.

5.8 Bases for Segmentation of Business Markets


Business

market

segmenting

the

and

type

be

divided

consumer

market can also


size

can

market,

be segmented
of

buying

by

using
such

on the

situations.

some

as

of

the

geography

variables
and

usage

basis of product-related
Demographic

that

factors,

variables

are

are

rate.

used

for

business

such as customer

the

main

basis

of

segmentation.

The

major

segmentation

Bonoma and

Benson

P.

variables

for

business

markets

that

were

given

by

Thomas

V.

Shapiro are:

Demographic

Industry:

Which

Company size:

Location:

industries should we serve?

What size companies should

What geographical areas should

we serve?

we serve?

Operating Variables

Technology:

User or

What customer technologies should

nonuser

status:

Should

we

serve

we

serve

heavy

we focus on?
users,

medium

users,

light

users

or non-users?

Customer

capabilities:

Should

customers

that

require

many

or

few

services?

Purchasing Approaches

Purchasing-function
centralized

organization:

or decentralized

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Should

purchasing

we

serve

companies

with

organization?

Page 9 1

highly

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

Power

structure:

Should

financially dominated,

Nature
strong

of

and

serve

companies

that

eBook

are

engineering

dominated,

so on?

relationship:

Should

we

serve

companies

with

which

we

have

relationship or s i m p l y go after the most desirable companies?

General

existing

we

Positioning

purchase policies:

Should

we serve companies that

contracts? Systems

purchases? Sealed

Purchasing

Should

criteria:

we

prefer leasing? Service

bidding?

serve companies that are seeking

quality?

Service?

Price?

Situational

Factors

Urgency:

Should

we

serve

companies

that

need

quick

and

sudden

delivery

or

service?

Specific

application:

Should

we

focus on

certain

applications of o u r

product

rather

than all applications?

Size of order:

Should

we focus on

large or small orders?

Personal Characteristics

Buyer-seller

similarity:

Should

we

serve

companies

whose

people

and

values

are

s i m i l a r to ours?

Attitude toward

risk:

Loyalty:

we serve companies that show h i g h

Should

Should we serve

risk-taking or risk-avoiding

customers?

loyalty to their suppliers?

5 . 9 Market Targeting
Once

an

initiate
many
and

organization

market

and

select

ones

target

Evaluating

An

targeting.

which

of designing

has

identified

its

market-segment

Marketers evaluate

to

target

segments.

and

enter.

According

to

each

Here,

Philip

opportunities,

segment,
you

look

Kotler,

in
at

order to
how

"Market

strategies to build the right relationships with

it

is

ready

determine

companies
targeting

to

how

evaluate
consists

right customers."

Market Segments

organization

must

consider

the

following

factors

while

evaluating

various

market

segments:

Segment Size and Growth

Firms,

at

segment

the
has

relative term,

time
the

of

right

which

selecting
size

and

potential

growth

implies that the

www.itmuniversityonline.org

right

segment,

must

characteristics
size for a

large

or

analyze
not.

firm

whether

Right

is a large

size

is

a
a

segment

Page 92

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

:.1

and

the

:.:rn

right

size

for

small

characteristic for a l l firms, as

it

firm

is

}.:

eBook

small

segment.

reflects h i g h sales and

Growth

is

desirable

profits.

Segment's Overall Attractiveness

Marketers
potential

should

pay attention on

entrants,

profitability.

competitors.

The

and

the

substitute

segment

is

relative

less

factors,

products

attractive

power of the

such as competitors
while

if

it

buyers,

evaluating

contains

high

in

the

strong

the market,
segment

and

for

aggressive

t h r e a t of substitute,

etc.

also

affects the attractiveness of the segment.

Organization's Objectives and

Even

if the

segment's

size,

Resources

growth,

and

must analyze its own objectives and


dismissed
example,

because
Audi

they do

wants to

not

get

not

make

company should

good

resources.

match

the organization's

resources are

business

sense

to

is

right,

the organization

not

long-term

large and

objectives.

growing

but finds

suitable for that market.

enter

this

preferably enter into a segment that

but also the one that

are

Some attractive segments could

into a market that

the company's objectives and


does

attractiveness

market

For
that

Hence,

segment.

is not only

be

So,

it

the

large and growing

is a b l e to meet the company's objectives and

resources.

Selecting Target Market Segments

After

analyzing

the

various

which market segments


patterns or targeting

it

market

should

segments,

target.

the

company

The company

will

decide

many

and

has to consider the following

five

strategies of target market selection:

Single-segment

Selective

Product

Market

Full market

concentration

specialization

specialization

specialization

coverage

Mt

Mz

Ml

Mt

Mz

Ml

Mt

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P,

P = Product

F i g . 5.9a:
Source:

how

Five

Ml

M = Market

Patterns of Target Market Selection

Derek F. Abell, Defining the Business: The Starting

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Mz

Point of Strategic Planning

Page 93

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

Single-Segment Concentration
By using
it.

single-segment concentration, firms select just one segment and

Single-segment

its segment,
firm

can

concentration

which,

in turn,

be a leader

in

there

particular

are

high

some

segment

company

be

to

gain

higher

attain a stronger market

segment through

knowledge
presence.

of

The

single-segment concentration,

profits for the firm.

risks

can

the

helps the firm

its market

which can surely result in

However,

helps

focus on

associated

attacked

by

with

single

segment-concentration.

competitors

any

time.

Thus,

many

companies try to operate in more t h a n one segment at a time.

Selective Specialization
In

selective

conduct
firm's

specialization,

business.

Each

resources and

company

of these

objectives.

segments
However,

the market segments that are selected

chooses
is

number

attractive

there

is

of

market

and

little or

segments

compatible

no

with

interaction

to

the

between

by the firm.

Product Specialization
By

adopting

product
build
sells

and

product specialization
sells

a strong

it

to

image

syringes

to

various

strategy,

target

a firm

segments.

specializes
Using

in a particular product segment.

hospitals

and

laboratories

is

this

in

making

strategy,

a specific

firm

can

A syringe manufacturer that

good

example

of

product

specialization.

Market Specialization
With

market

particular
an

specialization,

target

assortment

hospitals.

Using

market.
of

the

For

only

strategy,

become the source of a d d i t i o n a l

Full

to

the

on

surgical

satisfying

instruments

laboratories,

firm

can

build

products, which

many

needs

of a

manufacturer

sells

universities,
a

strong

colleges,

reputation

and

and
can

its customers can use.

Market Coverage

With full

market coverage,

providing

them

a wide

full

market

coverage

www.itmuniversityonline.org

a company tries to satisfy the

range of products.

market coverage strategy.


the

concentrates

example,

products

this

firm

IBM and

strategy.

Only

big

Coca-Cola are

needs of all segments

companies can

by

undertake a full

some of the companies that use

These companies

cover the

whole

market

Page 94

with

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

:.1

their

:.:rn

two

main

}.:

eBook

strategies-undifferentiated

marketing

and

differentiated

marketing.

In

undifferentiated

ignore

market

marketing

segment

or

mass-marketing

differences

and

follow

philosophy

the

single

approach,

marketing

marketers

mix

for

the

whole market.

In

differentiated

marketing,

with separate offers for each

firm

decides

to

target

multiple

market

segments

segment.

Market Targeting Strategies: Additional Considerations

Philip

Kotler

has

identified

the two

additional

considerations

in

evaluating

and

selecting

segments:
Segment-by-Segment Invasion

It

would

should

be

not

wise

for

blocked

markets.

organization

to

enter

one

be aware of the organization's future

develop a long-lasting
confronts

an

Plans

The

invasion

markets.

strategy

plan.

The

for

plans.

A company's

invaders

entering

then

into

segment
Sadly,

invasion

work

blocked

out

at

time

the

rivals

many organizations fail to

plan can

be thwarted

strategy

markets

and

calls

to

for

break
a

when

into

mega

it

such

market

approach.

Ethical Choice of Market Targets

In ethical

market targeting,

for what.

Market

may

u n d u e advantage of certain

take

promote

targeting

potentially

the

sometimes

harmful

not only the company's

issue

products.

is

so much

generates
vulnerable
Socially

interests but also

www.itmuniversityonline.org

not

as to who

public
groups

is

targeted

controversy

because

(such as children)

responsible

marketing

but

how

and

marketers

or they

may

calls for targeting

interests of those who are targeted.

Page 95

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

5 . 1 0 Differentiation a n d
According
offering

to
and

market."
the

Philip

image

Positioning

outcome

in

brand

proposition,

To

position

ways
way

to

be

the

product
and

members

to

possibility

of

Positioning

Position

in

products

with

result

of

packed

Al

target

market

the

also

such

a
on

are

have

as

not

Jack

of

Trout.

product

the

Positioning

with

strategy

is

target

some

is

specific

Positioning

distinct

value

b u y the product.

marketers
need

only

to

need

plan

perceive

differentiate
steel,

example,

unique
the

to

chicken,

For

brand

basis

graphical

evaluation

maps

are

also

are
help

of

of

HUL

efficient

the

the

and

positioning

product

themselves.

whereas,
makes

identity.
features,

perceived
the

representations

category

known

organizations,

simple.

the

positioning

some

Rin

as

form,

Some

planned

in

such

distinct

but

products

are

products

and

Companies

as
by

attributes

perceptual
consumers

marketer

to

of

Surf

can

quality,

consumer

(such

maps.
in

identify

For

segments and

selecting

example,

position

particular attribute.

the

firm

relation

their

have

Excel

high

laundry

differentiate

customization,

itself with

the

same

perceptions

price,
allow

to

of

their
style,

competing

appearance,

marketers

their

important

to

quality).

know

competitor's

competitors

and

for

its

product.
indicate

P o s i t i o n i n g Strategy
and

quality

attribute,

Each company must differentiate

positioning
can

enter

if users are

strategies
into

willing

new

to

is

easy

market

pay for that

itself with a distinct mix of benefits

that can attract a significant amount of customers.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

how

or not.

differentiation

known

as

They

5 . 1 1 C h o o s i n g a Differentiation a n d

and

and

minds

company's

Maps

maps

some

the

the

same to the target customers.

They

whether to change t h e i r current positioning

For

designing

in

Reis

develop

marketplace,

their offering.

of

place

by
to

act

so on.

maps

by

develop

services

products

Position

developed
strategies

end

differentiation.

reliability, and

Positioning

distinctive

communicate the

The

differentiate,

or

products

to

the

more than the competitor.

detergents-each
products

was

planned

of their

successful,

difficult

their

then,

is

a reason for which the customer would

also value them

To

occupy

eBook

Positioning

"Positioning

concept

building.

design

that

to

of following

characteristics and
helps

Kotler,

Positioning

Page 96

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Differentiation and
1.

Positioning

positioning comprise the following

Identifying

set

of

differentiation

eBook

steps:

competitive

advantage

on

which

company can build its positioning


The

basis

depends

of

on

establishing
identifying

competitive advantage,
of

providing

fulfill
one

the

of

better

promises

higher

promised

basis of product,

Through
basis

style,

they

to

on

Companies

can

then
the

Some companies can


train

the

differentiate
requires
brand

2.

must

build

in

differentiate

its

can

bet ter

positioning,

so

To

itself in

its

that

gain
terms

companies

positions

product

customers

way.

position

differentiate

features,

services

can

and

such

differentiate
so

as

on.

must

product as

it conveys the

themselves

themselves

by

their

Many

timely,

on

the

on

the

offering

firms

speedy,

differentiate

careful

effectively

delivery.

designing

their

performances.

differentiate themselves on

employees

t h e i r offers

with

channels or people.

companies

form,

solid

if a company

Companies

image,

of

To

differentiate

channels, expertise, and

and

it

users.

basis

also

relationships

customers

For example,

differentiation,

the

of

value.

make.

design,

themselves

needs

profitable

the company must differentiate and

services,

product

of

the

customer

quality,

quality

long-term

better

on

the

laborious efforts and

than

basis

hard

their

of

work.

brand

the

basis of

competitors.
image.

Symbol s,

people.

Companies

Developing

like

They

recruit

can

strong

Nike's Swoosh,

even
image

give strong

recognition.

Choosing the right competitive advantage


Companies must
its

positioning

differences and

d ec i d e on

strategy.

which

At

this

which ones they

potential differentiating
point,

need

the

company

attribute
must

it w i l l

decide

establish

how

many

to promote.

How many differences to promote

Some

marketers consider that firms should

a single attribute.
proposition
sell

itself

promotes
that

as

themselves on

They believe that a company s h o u l d

for each of its


number

one

brands and
in

itself as 'everyday

companies

position

should

that
low

position

stick to that.

particular

prices'.
their

offering

on

basis of

develop a unique value

This

attribute.

Another

the

school

helps the company to


For
of

multipl e

important when there are m u l t i p l e companies who claim

to

example,

marketers
attributes.
be

D-Mart
believes
This

number one

particular attribute.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 97

is

in a

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

Which differences to promote

All

brand

differences are

worth considering
Important:

The

not

always

significant

if it satisfies the following


differentiator

attribute

or

worthy.

The

differentiator

is

conditions:

gives

value

benefit

to

the

company's

target customers.
The company can offer its difference in a d i s t i n g u i s h i n g

Distinctive:

Communicable:

The

differentiator attribute

is communicable and

way.

observed by

the company's buyers.


Affordable:

Customers are able to pay the difference.

Profitable: The firm

The

Preemptive:

introduces the difference profitably.

differentiator

attribute

is

difficult

for

the

competitor

to

replicate.

Selecting an overall positioning strategy

The

five

value

illustrated
yellow

in

proposition

Fig.

5.lla.

represents

best

options
In

the

that

a firm

figure,

blue

marginal

proposition,

might

use

represents
and

to

establish

the

orange

its

positioning

winning

value

represents

the

proposition,
losing

proposition.
Price

More

The same

Less

More

"'

The
same

..

Less

Fig. 5 . 1 la:

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Possible Value

are

Propositions

Page 98

value

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

More for More

This strategy

provides the

highest q u a l i t y

to cover its cost. This strategy is used


quality' and

gives the consumer h i g h

products or services and

at the

highest

price

by the company that positions its product as ' h i g h


prestige.

Rolex and

Audi are some companies that

give the buyer more benefits for higher prices.

More for the Same

Competitors can attack the company's 'more for more' strategy by introducing

a product

with more benefits for the same price.

The Same for Less

This

strategy

is adopted

when

the company

wants to

gain

market

share.

the positioning of a product that offers the same benefits for low prices.
such

as

Big

Bazaar and

D-Mart,

use such a positioning

strategy,

This

involves

Popular brands,

which offers the same

products at substantial discounts.

Less for Much

Here,

Less

the company cannot match the benefits offered

to the customers and

thus, offers

the products at lower prices.

More for Less

The positioning of a product that offers more benefits at a lower price is a powerful value
proposition.

The

company

can

offer

which completely transforms the


be

continued

in

the

long-run,

more

for

level of the

less

when

it

business world.

as competitors adopt

their

discovers

new

innovation,

Unfortunately,

this cannot

business

models

to

match

or

improve the offered product.

Characteristics of Successful

Positioning

The important characteristics of successful positioning are:

Relevance:

Marketers should

position their offering on the basis of the benefits

that are relevant to the target market.

Clarity:

The position

should

be well defined,

clear,

and

easy to understand

for

the target audience.

Distinctiveness:

Marketers

of their target audience.


the price and

should

try

to create a u n i q u e

image

in

the

When they fail to do so, they are compelled to fight on

promotion with their parallel brands.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

minds

Page 99

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Coherence:

bring

Positioning

All the elements of the marketing

out the coherence to brand

Commitment:

Marketers

eBook

mix should

be

integrated

well

to

position.

should

stay

committed

to

the

firm

brand

position

adopted

by

them for their brands.

Believable:

A position

If the

is

brand

segment;

of

low

adopted

quality,

by

the

and

if the

for

firm

its

has

it is difficult for the target audience to

should

positioned

it

be

in

believable.

the

premium

believe it.

5 . 1 2 Bases of Positioning
The bases of positioning are:

Attribute

Positioning

positioning

on the bases of key attributes or features such

as d e s i g n ,

size,

number

of years etc.

Use or application

Positioning

to

be better than

its competitor.

the product as a leader in a particular product category.

by associating

the product with a specific class of users.

by using

emotion focuses on

how a product makes customers feel.

Customer benefit positioning

Positioning

by c l a i m i n g

Emotion positioning

Positioning

the product

Product user positioning

Positioning

it with use or a p p l i ca t i o n .

Product category positioning

Positioning

the product by connecting

Competitor positioning

Positioning

positioning

by associating

the product or brand with customer benefits.

Price and quality positioning

Positioning

by giving

emphasis on

high

price as a signal of q u a l i t y or low

price as a

signal of value.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 100

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

5 . 1 3 Positioning

Positioning

eBook

Errors

The major p o si t i o n i n g errors suggested

by P h i l i p

Kotler are:

Under Positioning
This
or

refers to

product.

the

situation

Consumers

do

when consumers
not

know

have a vague

anything

idea

extraordinary

about a

or special

particular

about

brand

that

brand

or product.

Over Positioning

In

this

situation,

consumers

have

narrow

picture

or

understanding

of

brand

or

product.

Doubtful
In

such

brand

Positioning

situation,

find

it

in terms of the product's features,

Confused
It

consumers

results

difficult

to

believe

on

the

claims

made

by

the

price or manufacturer.

Positioning

when

marketers change their

brand

positioning

too

frequently

or make

many

claims about the brand.

5 . 1 4 Product Positioning a n d
product

however,

they

technically

positioned

by the marketers against other brands competing

Issues in

Product Positioning

Deciding
Selection

in which
of

the

is used

Positioning

Many times the term


are

positioning

Brand

different.

Fundamentally,

product category,

the

product

decides

category

interchangeably with
is

the

brand

positioning;

that

is

competition

is of utmost

that

importance.

product

will

while deciding the product category:

Where and as what the new market offering

What are the needs of consumers that the product

What are the substitute products?

What are the skills of the company that w i l l fight

been

in the same product class.

new offer will compete

Following are the questions that are raised

www.itmuniversityonline.org

it

brand

w i l l fig ht?
is going

to satisfy>

here?

Page

101

face.

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Issues in

Segmentation, Targeting, and

Brand

Positioning

Positioning

The important questions w h i l e deciding the brand

positioning

What are the distinctive c l a i m s of the different brands?

What are the other competing

What is most favorite and

Is there any gap


yes,

eBook

are:

brands in the particular product category?

yet vacant position?

between

expectation and

availability of the competing

brands?

If

what are the new attributes that can fill this gap?

5 . 1 5 Repositioning
According

to

Rosalind

Masterson

and

David

marketing process of maneuvering a brand


people's minds relative to competing

Repositioning

Pickton,

from

"Repositioning

is

the

its current position to a new in

brands."

is done d u e to the following

reasons:

Firms reposition their products to g a i n the new opportunities in the marketplace

Products are repositioned

To target

To show advancement in quality

at the time of d ec l i n i n g

sales

products in some other market

Repositioning of Cadbury Diary M i l k (CD M )

Cadbury
its

Diary

chocolates,

consumed

by

Milk

is

which
all

standard

were

segments.

once
The

M i l k as a product that awakened

In

1994

example

of

considered
campaign

the

to

be

meant

'Real Taste of

the little kid

1994,

repositioning.

brand

Cadbury

for
Life'

kids,

India

to

repositioned

product

that

positioned

Cadbury

the

Taste

is

Diary

in every a d u l t .

came

up

with

'Real

of

Life'

:adt,o Daori- Mlks n


e R!.11

campaign to

a,ltol llle 'IIJ,rkl,"""

b u i l d a strong

appeal

in the older segments.

.. ,llnrlIO

>0tm,.,,.rolrll:1t,,,<1

With
that

new

campaign

Cadbury

'Khaane

waalon

Diary M i l k lovers need

www.itmuniversityonline.org

ko

khaane

ka

bahana

chahiye,'

Cadbury

showed

an excuse to eat.

Page

102

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

OS.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

In 2004,
meetha
boost

Positioning

eBook

Cadbury India came up with another campaign 'Kuch


ho

the

jaaye',
sales

of

(Let's
the

have

some

chocolates

by

sweets)
making

that
it

aimed

parallel

to

with

traditional sweets ( m i t h a i ) .

Campaign

using

tag l i n e 'Pappu

paas

ho gaya' was

such

hit

ffqrJ:{,,r:tlff."f"f -;;,,.:",:

that it became a part of street l a n g u a g e .

fiFY.fil&

e;<r

With
.]l.'l"lliifl

new

commercial

'Meetha

hai

khaana

aaj

pehli

.........

3U"I t1t::-.:ll clltf"t -

tareekh

hai',

Cadbury

salaried

Indians .

Diary

M i l k tried

to connect with

most

11'.flQet'ff

...

In

year

launched,
consuming

www.itmuniversityonline.org

2010,

the

showing

'Shubh
the

Aarambh'

Indian

campaign

traditional

custom

sweets before any auspicious b e g i n n i n g .

Page 1 0 3

was
of

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market

Segmentation, Targeting, and

With
mein

the

5.16
Prof.

current

kuch

Cadbury

Positioning

campaign

meetha

ho

eBook

'Khaane
jaye,'

ke

baad

Cadbury

meethe
portrays

Diary M i l k as a dessert.

Repositioning Strategies

David

Jobber identifies four major strategies for repositioning:

Product

Same

Different

Same

Different

Fig. 5 . 1 6 a :

Image

Repositioning Strategies

Repositioning

In

this

situation,

of

the

product

both,

product

changes.

By

and

following

change the image of the product in

www.itmuniversityonline.org

target

markets,

such

remain

strategy,

the

unchanged,
aim

of

the

only

the

image

marketer

its target segment.

Page

104

is

to

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

:;1

:.1

:.:rn

KFC

tries

vegetarian

to

change

}.:

its

eBook

image

by

adding

more

and

more

items into its menu to cater the Indian customers.

Product Repositioning

By adopting

such a strategy,

materially changed.

Intangible

In

this

Most

marketers

new

keep the target market same,

models of cars fall

but the product is

under this category.

Repositioning

strategy,

marketer

targets

different

market

segments

by

retaining

the

same

product.
Lucozade
moved

is

from

the

best

targeting

example

of t h i s

category,

sick people to positioning

as

it

itself

as a health d r i n k .

Tangible

This

is

Repositioning

the

most

fundamental

strategy in

which

both

product

and

target

markets

are

changed.

For
on

example,
shifted

Avon

into

initially

California

was

into

Perfume

door-to-door

Company

and

book

then

selling,

and

became Avon-the

company for women.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

later

Page

105

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

05.

Market Segmentation, Targeting, and

Positioning

eBook

5 . 1 7 Chapter S u m m a r y

Market

segmentation

subdividing

where

be reached

with a distinct marketing

To

be effective,

Segment

any

the

customers,

accessibility,

is

each

subset

may

proposed

stability, and

marketing,

of a market

conceivably

be

into

homogeneous

selected

as

subsets

market

target

of
to

mix.

segmentation needs to pass tests for measurability,

substantiality.

niche

marketing,

local

marketing,

and

individual

marketing

are four levels of market segmentation.

Steps to segmenting the market are:


1.

Choose a market or product class for study

2.

Select a basis or bases for segmenting

3.

Choose segmentation descriptors

4.

Profile and analyze segments

5.

Select target markets

6.

Design,

implement,

and

the market

maintain appropriate marketing

The major segmentation variables for segmenting


o

Geographic segmentation

Demographic segmentation

Behavioral segmentation

Psychographic segmentation

Market

targeting

consists

of

designing

strategies

mixes

the consumer market are:

to

build

the

right

relationships

with the rig ht customers.

Positioning

is

the

act

of designing

the

company's

offering

and

image

to

occupy

distinctive place in the m i n d s of the target market.

Attribute
product

positioning,
category

customer

benefit

use

or

positioning,
positioning,

application
product

and

price

positioning,

user
and

competitor

positioning,
quality

positioning,

emotion

positioning

are

positioning,
the

basis

of

positioning.

Under

positioning,

over

positioning,

doubtful

positioning,

and

confused

positioning

are the four major positioning errors.

Repositioning

is

the

marketing

position to a new one,

Image

repositioning,

in an

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

maneuvering

i n d i v i d u a l ' s mind

product

are four major repositioning

process

repositioning,

brand

relative to competing
intangible

from

its

current

brands.

repositioning,

and

tangible

strategies.

Page

106

Creating a n d
Managing
the Product

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

6 . 1 Introduction
A

product

purchase

lies

target

satisfy

of

the

their

organization's
needs

and

marketing

wants.

When

an

organization's

product

Thus,

does

it may fail-unless it makes modification

product needs knowledge of fundamental

and

packaging

are

two

important

the firm

successful,

from

its

company

hardcore competition

should

distinguish

its

in

mix

planning.

product

design

has understood
not

satisfy

its existing

its

Consumers
needs
the

market

Creating

which

are

position of the
in

often

product,

commodity-type

product

by

linked

giving

it

with

and

also

markets.

this chapter,

you will

a distinctive

be able to:

Define product and

its related

Identify product characteristics

Classify products

Explain

Identify different stages of product

E x p l a i n the major brand

Explain

product-line and

packaging

and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

concepts

product-mix
life cycle

strategy decisions

labeling

Page

the
help

Thus,

that simplifies customer choice in the market.

After reading

be

needs of

target

product.

to

product concepts.

concepts,

These two concepts h e l p create a distinct

distinguish
be

to

market.

successful

product.

heart

is the test of whether or not the organization

requirements,

Branding

the

products

effective as it
its

at

108

to

value

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing the

6.2 M e a n i n g a n d
Products
product

are

the

is the

crucial

Product

eBook

Definitions of a Product
medium

heart of the

through

marketing

which

mix and

firms

try

to

meet

decides the fate

customers'

of an

needs.

organization

in the

marketplace.

Some important definitions of product are:


According
offered

to

to

Armstrong

market

and

for

Philip

attention,

Kotler,

product

acquisition,

use,

is,
or

"Anything

that

consumption

can

and

be

that

might satisfy a want or need."

According

to

attributes,
prestige

William

including

and

wants and

Stanton,

J.

packaging,

services,

which

the

product
color,

buyer

is

price,
may

set

of

tangible

manufacturers

accept

as

offering

and

intangible

and

retailers'

satisfaction

of

needs."

A product is a set of tangible and


A product

"A

intangible attributes that satisfies the customer's need.

includes:

Goods:

car

Experiences:

Services:

Concepts:

Ideas:

Propositions:

Places:

Events:

Nations:

Properties:

Organizations:

Information:

holiday

hotels and

package
restaurants

family p l a n n i n g

youthfulness
patriotism

Chennai
car rally
India
shopping

mall

Nutrition

Foundation of I n d i a

www.icwai-wirc.org

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

109

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing

the

Product

eBook

6 . 3 Product Characteristics
The main characteristics of a product are:

Tangible attributes
Tangibl e
touched

attributes

attributes

its

physical

features

that

can

be

of

the

product

are

in

the

form

of

services

that

cannot

be

Associated attributes
Features,

such as brand

products

that

assist

name,

packaging,

marketers

to

and

labeling

discriminate

its

are associated
product

attributes of

from

that

of

its

brand(s).

Exchange value
Exchange

value

for a price,

of a

product

which should

can

be

described

as

its

ability

of getting

exchanged

be acceptable by the seller as well as by the buyer.

Customer satisfaction

Customers are pleased

represent

or seen.

competing

product

Intangible attributes

touched

the

or seen.

Intangible

of

only if the product features match their perception.

Satisfaction of business needs


Product

should

be

sense of infusing

able

to

make

profits

for

the

business;

otherwise

there

resources for its survival.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

110

is

no

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

6.4 Classification of Products


Products

are

classified

products-as depicted

under

in

Fig.

two

6.4a

main

categories-consumer

products

and

industrial

below.

Classification of Products

Consumer

Industnal

Products

Products

Convenience products

Raw materials

Shopping

products

Major equipment

Speclality products

Accessory equipment

Unsought products

Component parts

MRO supplies

Process materials

Business services

Fig. 6.4a: Classification of Products

Consumer Products

Consumer products are those


personal or household

are

purchased

It is further categorized

by

i n d i v i d u a l s to

satisfy

their

as:

Convenience Products

Convenience
consumers.

bread,

products

Products

butter,

making

needs.

products that

etc.

Shopping

stocked

Purchase

in

low-cost

products

a typical convenience

of convenience

products

purchased

store are

involves

frequently

soaps,

tea,

minimum

by

sugar,

decision

Products
products are usually more costly than convenience products and

by fewer retail outlets.


information

and

relatively

effort on the part of the consumer.

Shopping

price,

are

style,

about
and

the

Consumers usually purchase these


product

after-sales

or

by

service.

comparing

Products

like

several

www.itmuniversityonline.org

products after gathering


brands

washing

refrigerators are some common examples of s h o p p i n g

are sold

on

the

machines,

basis

of

televisions,

products.

Page

111

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

the

Product

eBook

Specialty Products

According
unique

group

to

of

Rolex,

American

Marketing

characteristics

buyers

These

effort."

Managing

are

brand

habitually

products

Armani, and

and

Association,

are

"Specialty

identification

willing

distributed

by

to

one

for

make

or

which

very

products
a

significant

special

few

having

purchasing

outlets.

Brands

like

Chanel are examples of specialty products.

Unsought Products

Unsought
they

products

are aware

are

they

new

are

products

not w i l l i n g

about

to

buy

which

them

consumers

right

now.

are

Fire

unknown

or

if

extinguishers are

classic examples of unsought products.

Industrial

Products

According

to

products

which

American
are

Marketing

destined

to

Association,
be

sold

"Industrial

primarily

for

products

use

in

Raw

Raw

other

as:

Materials

material

is the

to produce any

those

producing

goods or rendering services." These products are further categorized

are

basic unprocessed

physical item.

Natural products:

Fish,

Agricultural products:

material,

Raw materials
petroleum,

Fruits,

which

requires further

processing

include:

iron, silver, etc.

vegetables, cotton, etc.

Major E q u i p m e n t

Major

equipment

products.
Equipment

Major
is

consists

of

equipment

commonly

machinery
is

known

and

expensive
as

large

and

tools

used

'installation'.

Diesel

product

is

in

used
the

to

manufacture

product

engines

and

process.

boilers

are

some examples of major e q u i p m e n t .

Accessory

Accessory
These

Equipm ent

equipment

equipments

short-lived

and

m a c h i n e s , and

are

are

is

tangible

relatively

not

part

less
of

that

expensive

the

final

than

product.

used

in

major

production
equipment.

Computer

process.
They

software,

drilling

typewriters are some examples of accessory eq u i p m e n t .

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

are

112

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

can

parts

be finished

processing

eBook

become

parts

ready

part

of the

finished

for assembly

product

or they

can

be

in

two

parts

conditions-they

that

need

bit

of

before the actual assembly.

MRO Supplies

MRO

supplies are defined

production and

as maintenance,

operations,

part of the finished

Product

Component Parts

Component

Managing the

but do

product.

repair, and

operating

not form a part of final

For example, oil,

paper,

items that help in

product.

They are not a

pens, etc.

Process Materials

Processed

materials

process of other
for

these

are

products.

materials.

products
Unlike

Plastics

that

raw

and

are

used

materials,

corn

syrup

directly

some

in

the

processing

are

some

are

used

manufacturing
has

examples

of

to

be done

processed

materials.

Business Services

Business

services

operations.

Legal,

are

intangible

marketing

of business service.

products

research,

that

and

financial

by

organizations

services fall

in

under the

their
scope

Hiring an outside source to provide services internally depends

on the cost linked with each alternative and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

how regularly the services are used.

Page 1 1 3

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

6 . 5 Levels of Products
While

planning

the

market

offering,

product levels. The following

marketers

should

concentrate

figure h i g h l i g h t s the different product

Fig. 6 . S a :

on

the

different

levels.

Levels of Products

Core Benefit

It

is

the

really
need

most

buying.

basic
Thus,

in the most

level.

It

represents

organizations

the

make

basic

sure

service

that

their

or

benefit

product

or

that

the

service

buyer

is

satisfies

basic sense.

Basic Product

Basic
hotel

products contain

that

are

rooms i n c l u d e basic amenities,

Expected

At

values

this

the

that

engineering
adequate

necessary

such as beds,

for

it

to

function.

towels, closets,

For example,

and toilets.

Product

level,

attributes

totally

marketer

customers

student

library

who

develops

usually
pays

facilities,

the expected

expect

high

excellent

Marketers who are about to

an

launch

expected
from

fees

for

product

course

or

may

It

is

defined

service.
expect

For
good

placements,

and

comprehensive

new

need

to

product

product that consumers want to

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

product.

keep

in

mind

as

set

example,

of
an

classrooms,

study

material.

the qualities of

buy.

Page

114

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Augmented
Augmented
by

firm

value

product

to

is an

distinguish
product.

facilities,

customer

etc.

It

is

product

possible

marketer

It

that

features

adds

like

of

the

the

an

and

after-sales

augmented

company's

benefits

competitor,

guarantee,

develops

to

cost,

so

to

enhance

service,

product

the

brought about

that

company

the

warranty,
surpasses

must

verify

pay enough to cover the a d d i t i o n a l cost or not.

is 'tomorrow's

under

the

given

in that category.

product',

of 267

that carries a l l

technological,

improvements and

economic,

Here, a company seeks a l l

attract its customers-thus creating


top speed

from

services and

Product

product

prevailing

its

The

whether customers can

Potential

eBook

outcome of the additional

includes

expectations.

Potential

Product

Product

of the

credit

Managing the

customer d e l i g h t .

and

finesse

competitive

possible ways to

that

conditions

satisfy,

hold, and

Bugatti Veyron Super Sport with a

miles per hour is an example of potential

product.

6.6 Product-line
According
of

the

similar

to

William

closely

M.

linked

technology,

Pride

and

products

price

0.

that

range,

C.

Ferrell,

are

"A

product

considered

marketing,

and

end

produces
as

'i

as

Kno'

product-line,
aware

Each

of

of

'Aim'.

of

the

key

decisions

that

an

organization

has

to

For

To

in

take

is

set

of

the

example,

ITC

matches
have

organizations
needs

such

the

best

must
and

product-line

reveals the requirements of different target segments or the diverse


One

because

safety

consumers'

item

refers to the

unit

user."

line
and

line

be

wants.

generally

needs of customers.

about

its

product-line

length.

Product-line
product

length

lines.

If the

refers
line

the product-line is too

to

the

number

is too short,

of

items

a manager can

l o n g , a m a n a g e r can drop

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

company

increase

carries

profits

in

each

by a d d i n g

items.

items to increase profits.

Page

of

115

its
If

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

The following

Managing the

Product

eBook

table displays the product-line and the product-line length of HUL.

Product-line 1

Product-line 2

Product-line 3

Product-line 4

Food and Drink

Home Care

Personal Care

Water Purifier

Pure it

Bru

Rin

CLINIC PLUS+

Kissan

Surf excel

AXE

Knorr

Activ Wheel

Pepsodent

Brooke Bond

Comfort Fabric

LAKME

Conditioner

Lipton

Vim

Dove

MAGNUM

Cif

Lifebuoy

modern

Dom ex

Fair & Lovely

KWALITY WALL'S

Sunlight Color Guard

POND'S

Annapurna

Magic water saver

Pears
LUX
Rexona

Sunsilk

ELLE 18
aviance BEAUTY
SOLUTIONS

Closeup

TRESemme
Hamam

Vaseline
CLEAR

LEVER ayush
therapy

Breeze
SURE

Table 6.6a:

Product-line and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Product-line Length of H U L

Page

116

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing the

A company can expand


6.6.1

Product

eBook

its product-line in two ways:

Product-line Stretching

Product-line
range.

stretching

Line stretching

Downward

is

can

process

of

lengthening

be u p w a r d , downward

line

the

Downward
market

Product-hne

stretching

filling

Upward line

Two-way

stretching

stretching

line

and

To

present

Product-line

Line Stretching
stretching

stretches

its

occurs
lines

company may stretch downward


o

its

or both ways.

Fig. 6 . 6 . l a : Ways of Expanding

Downward

beyond

Product-line

stretching

product-line

fill

the

market

gap

when

downward

company
by

introducing

due to the following

by

adding

operates

low-end

in

the

low-price

upper-end
line.

The

catch

the

reasons:
items

or

it

would

attention of a new competitor.


o

Low-end

Upward
Upward

be quite attractive.

Line Stretching
line

market and
following

market segment may

stretching
decides to

occurs
enter

when

into

the

company

high-end

operates

of the

at

market.

the
It

is

low-end

of

because of the

reasons:

For higher growth

For higher m a r g i n s

To position

itself as a full-line manufacturer

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

Page

117

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing

the

Product

eBook

Two-way Stretching

Companies that
in

operate

in

middle

range

products try

to

stretch

their

product-line

both directions.

6 . 6 . 2 Product F i l l i n g

Product filling

occurs when a company adds

The reasons for line filling

new

items within the existing

range of line.

are as follows:

To earn extra

profits

To establish an

To close door for competition

image of f u l l - l i n e manufacturer

6 . 7 Product-mix
According
items

to

that

organization
Displayed

Philip

Kotler,

particular

comprises

"'Product-mix

seller

its

offers

for

product-mix,

consists
sale."

it

is

of

Total

a l so

all

the

product

number of

known

as

product

product

lines

lines

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of an

assortment.

below is the product-mix of Amul.

Fig. 6.7a:

and

Product-mix of Amul

Page

118

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

Dimensions of Product-mix

A company's product-mix has four dimensions, which are given in the following figure:

Fig. 6.7b:

Dimensions of Product-mix

Product Width

Product width means the n u m b e r of product lines offered


as

product

said

breadth.

If the

company

carries

six

product

by a company.
lines,

its

It is also known

product-mix

width

to be six. The product-mix width of H U L is four as shown in the following t a b l e .

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 1 1 9

is

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

Product-mix width

Product-line1
Food and

Produc.t-line 2

Product-line 3

Product-line 4

Hon1e Care

Personal Care

Water Purifier

Pureit

Drink

Bru

Rin

CLINIC PLUS+

Kissan

Surf excel

AXE

Knorr

Activ Wheel

Pepsodent

Brooke Bond

Comfort Fabric

LAKME

Conditioner

Lipton

Vim

Dove

MAGNUM

Cif

Lifebuoy

modern

Dom ex

Fair & Lovely

KWALITY WALL"S

Sunlight Color Guard

POND"S

Annapurna

Magic water saver

Pears
LUX
Rexona

Sunsilk

ELLE 18
aviance BEAUTY
SOLUTIONS

Closeup

TRESemme
Hamam

Vaseline
CLEAR

LEVER ayush
therapy

Breeze
SURE

Table 6.7a:

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Product-mix Width of H U L

Page

120

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

M a n a g i n g the

Product

eBook

Product Depth

Product depth
line.

If

means the

Hamam

Abhyanga

comes

Snaan

number of variants offered

in

Soap,

three

and

variants

Hamam

by every

(Hamam

Scrub

Bath

product

Sampoorna

Soap)

and

in

in each

Snaan

two

product

Soap,

sizes,

Hamam

then

it

has

depth of six.

Product Length

Product
lines.

length

refers to the total

number of items a company

offers w i t h i n

its

product

Here is an example of HUL.

Length of food and d r i n k product-line ; 9


Length of home care p r o d u c t - l i n e ;

Length of personal care product-line ; 23


Length of water purifier product-line ;

Product-mix l e n g t h ; 42
Average length ; 42/4 ; 10. 5

Product Consistency

According
the

to

Philip

various

channels,

Kotler,

product

and

in

"Product

lines are

various

in

other

consistency

end

use,

ways."

refers

production

HUL's

product

to

how

closely

requirements,

related,

distribution

lines are consistent

so far,

as

they are consumer goods that go through the same distribution c h a n n e l s .

6.8 Product Life Cycle ( P L C )


This

concept

was

"The

product

sales

history

known

as

developed

life

cycle

of the

its

is

introduction,

decline

(death).

an

Professor Theodore
attempt

product-sales

metaphor that traces the


to

by

The

history

growth,

stages of a
length

to

Levitt.

recognize
pass

maturity

According
the

through

and

and

the

duration

distinct
four

decline."

product's acceptance,
of

from

PLC

to

Philip
stages

stages.

PLC
its

is

in

the

These

are

biological

introduction

fluctuate

from

Kotler,

(birth)

product

product.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 1 2 1

to

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Given

Managing the

Product

eBook

below is a diagrammatic representation of PLC.

Sales

,;:
0

"
0.
"O

Profit

Introduction

Growth

Maturity

Decline

Time

Fig.
Source:

It

is

Philip Kotler,

not

phases

Kevin Keller,

necessary

of

the

that

product

introduction stage and

6.Sa:

Abraham

products
life

Product Life Cycle

Koshy,

Mithileshwar Jha,

introduced

cycle.

It

may

be

then straightaway get

the

marketplace

possible

that,

move

product

through
may

all

the

reach

the

into the decline stage.

The stages of product life cycle are explained


1.

in

Marketing Management

below:

Introduction

This

In

is the first stage of PLC.

this

stage,

the

product

create awareness and

After

the

launch

of

is

introduced

in

the

market

and

promoted

to

develop the market.

reputed

foods, there was a period

products,

of lull

for

such

as

Maggi

numerous years

noodles

and

frozen

before they entered

the

phase of fast growth.

Profit
cost

m a r g i n s are

low

because

sales are

low and

promotion and

distribution

is h i g h .

Heavy

investments are

required

for

promotions

because consumers

need

to

be educated about the product.

Good
build

amount

of cash

is

required

to

catch

the

attention

of distributors

their inventories.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

122

and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Managing the Product

Production cost is also

Two

main

pricing

eBook

h i g h at this stage.

strategies

used

by

marketers

for

new

products

at

the

introduction stage are:


o

Skimming

In

this

strategy,

initially and
o

Pricing

then

Penetration

This

is

the

marketer

usually

sets

high

price

on

the

product

lowers the price at later stages.

Pricing

opposite

prices initially,

2.

and

of

then

skimming

pricing.

increase the

Here,

marketers

set

low

price at later stages.

Growth

If a

new

product

next stage, which

In

this

stage,

There is an

Spending

is

well-accepted

the

market,

it

presses

forward

to

the

is the growth stage.

the

product

is

accepted

increase in sales and

on

in

promotion

is

in

the

market

and

profits

increase.

revenues of the company.

same

or

little

higher

as

compared

to

the

previous stage.

At t h i s

stage,

there

is a possibility that competitors would

enter

in

the

same

segment.

3.

Distribution

is the key aspect for success of this stage.

Maturity

This is the

It

longest stage and

poses tough challenges to marketers.

is a stage where the product

is accepted

by most

potential

buyers and

the

market gets saturated.

It is a period

Competition

of slowdown
is

most

in sales growth.

intense

in

this

stage

and

forces

companies to

innovate

or develop diverse product features.

4.

Decline

Decline is a phase when sales and

It m a i n l y

happens due to

new and

profits fall off.


advance

products available

in

the

market

or due to market shrinkage.

Unit cost of a product increases.

Firms either remove the product from the market or stretch


with their other successful

www.itmuniversityonline.org

it in combination

products.

Page

123

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Managing the Product

6 . 1 0 Definition and
According
symbol

to

or

American

design,

or

eBook

M e a n i n g of Brand

Marketing

Association,

a combination

of

them,

"A

brand

intended

is
to

name,

identify

term,

the

sign,

goods

or

services of one seller or group of sellers and

to differentiate them from those of

competitors."

hands of the marketers.

in

Brand

differentiating

Branding

gives

is an

their

unique

important

company's
individuality

products and

services.

The following

table lists brand

Meaning
Attributes

tool

products
to

in

the

and

services

products and

from

those

of

assists consumers

meanings, their description, and

It

its

in

helps them

competitors.

identifying

corresponding examples.

Description

Example

A brand Introduces certain attributes to

Mercedes suggests expensive,

the mind.

durable, well-built, high-prestige


vehicles.

Benefits

Attributes must be translated Into

The attribute 'durable' could

functional and emotional

translate Into the functional

benefits.

benefit. For example, "I won't


have to buy another car for
several years."

Values

The brand

may represent a certain

Mercedes stands for high


performance, safety

culture.

and

prestige.
Culture

The brand

may represent some culture.

Mercedes represents German


culture:

organized,

efficient, and

high quality.
Personality

User

The brand can

project a certain

Mercedes may suggest a non-

personality.

nonsense boss or a reigning lion.

The brand suggests the kind of

Mercedes vehicles are more likely

customer who purchases or uses the

to be bought by SS-year-old top

product.

level managers than by 20-yearold store executives.

Table 6.10a: Brand Meanings, Their Description and Corresponding Examples


Source:

Philip Kotler Marketing Management (pdf)

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

Page

125

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing

the

Product

eBook

6 . 1 1 Importance of Branding
The following

points h i g h l i g h t the importance of b r a n d i n g :

Im proves Market Identity


Branding

helps the organization

effective way,

placing

its

products and

services

so that the organization gets market image and

Provides Legal
A brand

in

in

the market

in

an

identity.

Protection

name provides l eg a l

protection with

respect to:

The substantial promotional expenses occurred

on

building

The special features of the product from the competitors.

the

product.

Builds Customer Loyalty


Brand

name

helps

in

attracting

customer

loyalty,

which

directly

boosts

the

sales

of the

product.

Increases Profit Margins


Brand

loyalty directly influences the profit margins of the product.

Enhances Corporate Image


Due

to

key

branding

characteristics,

such

as

product

quality

and

performance

standards,

strong

is known to build a positive corporate image in the m i n d s of customers.

Aids Market Segmentation


Branding

helps the firm to segment the markets and

offer a wide range of the product to

address the specific needs of each segment.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

126

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

6 . 1 2 Important Terms Associated with


Some important terms associated
Brand

to

consisting

American

of a

intended

and

differentiate

numbers

Marketing

word,

that is

or

branding are:

Name

According

to

with

Branding

that

to

letter,

Association,

and

group

"Brand

of words

or

name
letters

is

part

of a brand

comprising

name

identify the goods or services of sellers or a group of sellers


them

can

be

from

those of competitors."

vocalized

or

pronounced.

For

It consists

example,

of letters,

Dell,

words

Philips,

Liril,

Aquafina.

Brand

Mark

According
appears
the

to
in

William
the

pictorial

vocalized.

J.

form

or

of

symbolic

For example,

Stanton,
symbol,

"A

brand

design

representation

mark

is

the

or distinctive
used

for

part

of

coloring

product

the
or

brand

which

lettering."

identification

that

It

can

is
be

Nike's swoosh.

Trade Mark
According

to American

part of a brand

that

Marketing Association, trade mark is defined

is given

legal

protection

because

it

as, "a brand or

is capable of exclusive

appropriation."

Trade Name
A trade

name is a commercial and

legal

name under which a company does its business.

6.13

Major Brand Strategy Decisions

Major

brand

decisions

sponsorship, and

brand

involve

brand

positioning,

development, which are shown

Brand positioning

Brand name selection

in

name

selection,

Fig. 6 . 1 3 a .

Brand sponsorship

..
Attributes

brand

Manufacturer's brand

Brand development

llj

Line extension

Selection

Private brand

Brand extention

Benefits
Protection

Beliefs and values

Mulbrands

Licensing
Co-branding

Fig. 6 . 1 3 a :

www.itmuniversityonline.org

M a j o r Brand Strategy

New brands

Decisions

Page

127

brand

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

6.13.1

Brand

designing

the

Product

eBook

Positioning

Organizations
customers.

Managing

need

to

According
the

position
to

C.

company's

their

brands
brand

Anandan,

offering

clearly

and

in

the

positioning

image

so

that

minds

refers
it

of

to,

occupies

their
"the

target
act

of

distinctive

and valued place in the target customers' minds."

A brand can be positioned at any of these three levels:

At the basic level, a brand can be positioned on the basis of product attributes.

Consider

the

unique

Lifebuoy

offers the benefit of removing

green

handwash

that

99.9/o germs by c h a n g i n g

color from white to green in just 10 seconds.

A brand can be better positioned

in terms of desirable benefit.

Mamy
style

Poko

Pants

diapers

that

offers
fit

the

around

benefit
the

of

baby's

pant
waist

comfortably.

Strong

brands are

brands that

have

positioned

themselves on

the basis of strong

beliefs and values.

Brands

like

Cadbury

and

Proctor

usually follow this strategy and


passion

and

excitement

of

&

Gamble

try to create the

their

brand

among

consumers.

When

positioning

a brand,

vision of what the brand

the marketer should

establish a mission

for the

brand

must be and do.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

128

and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

6 . 1 3 . 2 Brand

Selecting

sell

a good

well.

eBook

as well as appropriate brand

needs to take.

A good

the following

Product

Name Selection

a management
not

M a n a g i n g the

brand

name

is one of the trickiest decisions that

Even a well-designed

name adds value

product with an ordinary

to the

product.

A brand

name

name may

should

have

desirable qualities:

A brand

It

name should

should

be

easy

give a notion of the key

to

pronounce,

product benefits and

remember,

and

spell.

For

quality.

example,

Lux

and

Maruti.

It should

Brand

It should

A brand

name should

convey positive meaning

A brand

name should

be short and

6.13.2.1

giving

name should

brand

combined
names

have the capability of legal

be u n i q u e and distinctive.

Brand

Individual
name

reflect a product or service category, for example,

to

different brand

Newsweek.

protection and

For example,

registration.

Kodak.

and

fit into the company image.

simple.

Name Strategy

name,
with
their

blanket family name,

individual
products.

product
Given

separate family brand

name

below

are

is

the

strategies

name, and

used

diagrammatic

by

corporate

organizations

representation

name strategies:

Individual Brand

Name

Blanket Family Name

Brand Name Strategy

Separate Family Brand Name

Corporate Name Combined


with Individual Product Name

Fig:

www.itmuniversityonline.org

6.13.2.la:

Brand

Name Strategies

Page

129

for

of the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Individual

When

Managing

company

into

multi

multi

product

individual

uses

different

segment

position.

brand

Blanket Family

policy

is

brand

eBook

to

names

branding.

because

Procter

names

(baby care), Oral

This

Product

Names

practice is known as i n d i v i d u a l
enter

the

it

By u s i n g

helps

& Gamble

each

of

its

for

to

in

each

different

its

different

such a strategy,

create

India

of

separate

follows this
product

products,

the

the company tries to


brand

policy

image

by giving

categories,

such

through
different

as

Pampers

B (Mouth care), and Wella ( h a i r care).

Names

followed

by

Tata.

The

blanket

family

name

of

the

company

diverse product categories such as salt, tea, coffee, automobiles, and

Separate F a m i l y Brand

is

used

in

steel.

Name

When a company uses separate names for its various products, the practice is known as
separate

family

branding.

Sears

Kenmore for its appliances and

Corporate

follows

this

strategy

Kellogg's combines corporate and

individual

Raisin

Flakes.

and

Hewlett-Packard.

Kellogg's

Corn

The company

giving

family

brand

name

Craftsman for its tools.

Names Combined With Individual

Bran,

by

name

Product Names

names

Other

in

Kellogg's

examples

legitimizes and

the

Rice

include

individual

Krispies,
Honda,

name

Kellogg's

Sony,

individualizes

the new product.

6.13.3

Brand

Sponsorship

The manufacturer has four sponsorship options that are depicted

in the figure below:

Manufacturer's Brand

Private Brand

Brand Sponsorship Options

Licensed Brand

Co-brand

Fig:

6.13.3a:

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

Brand Sponsorship Options

Page

130

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

National
National
by

the

Managing the

eBook

Brand

brand

or manufacturer's

manufacturer.

under their own

Private

Product

For

brand

example,

brand

names.

brand

refers to

refers to the

companies

brands that are created

like

Pepsi

and

that

is owned

Dell

sell

and

their

owned

products

Brand

Private or store

the

brand

name

by

resellers

(wholesalers

and retailers).

Licensed

It

is an

brand

Brand

agreement

between

the owner of a brand

and

a company

that wants to

use the

name on its products in exchange for a license fee.

Co-brand
Co-branding
branding

is

is a combination of two or more


a

nice

approach

expression that their favorite


branding
music and

is

that

both

the

persuade

brand

brands

6 . 1 3 . 4 Brand

names to form

customers

earn

profits.

For

a single product.

psychologically

has a lot more to offer.

exercise together when they developed

allows shoes to talk to an

A firm

to

brand

An

example,

by

important
Nike

the Sports Kit,

and

giving

them

Apple

brought

a wireless system

iPod.

four choices for developing

brands:

Line Extensions

Brand

Extensions

Brand Development
Strategy
Multibrand

New Brands

Fig:

6.13.4a:

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Brand

an

highlight of co

Development

has the following

Co

Development Strategy

Page

131

that

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Line

Managing

the

Product

eBook

Extension

Line extension
forms,

color,

and

as Vegetable
important

is the expansion
flavor in

Atta

parent brand.

It

the same

Noodles,

aspect

of

line

of the existing

Maggi

is a cost and

product class.

Masala,

extension

established

is

and

that

all

brand

Maggi with

Cuppa

the

Mania

products

name

in

terms of new

its different variants,


exhibits

draw

risk-effective means of boosting

such

line extension.

their

identity

from

An
the

the sales of a product.

Brand Extension
Brand

extensions

into

new

itself

into

product

the

immediate

occur

new

when

category.
product

recognition

company

Maggi

with

category

and

quick

costs that are u s u a l l y required

to

uses
its

its

existing

existing

of sauces,

acceptance

established

soups,

to

promote a new

brand

etc.

new

to

brand

brand

products.

brand

name

extend

name

extended

extension

It

reduces

itself

gives

an

advertising

in the marketplace.

Multibrands
When

under

the

Gamble

company

in

category.
share

same

by

introduces
product

India

uses

number

category,

the

multibranding

The underlying
catering

to the

principle

by

of

practice
offering

behind

needs of many

similar

this

brands

is

known

number

branding

segments,

with
as

of

different

brand

multibranding.

similar

brands

name

Procter

in

the

&

same

is to capture most of the market

allowing

a company

distributor shelf space. The main disadvantage of multibranding


obtain only a small market share and

to

lock up

is that each

brand

more
might

none of them may be very profitable.

New Brands
A

firm

uses

wants

to

brand

names

new

create

are

brand
new

strategy

brand

appropriate.

in

when

new

Tata

its

existing

product

Motors

with

brand

category
its

new

name

for

brand

is

which
Tata

fading
none
Ace

or

of

when

the

targeted

it

firm's
small

transporters.

6 . 1 4 Elements of B r a n d i n g
The important elements of branding are:
Brand

Identity

Brand

identity

make

the

is

brand

brand-customer

a bundle

of all

recognizable
bond.

It

is

features,

in

much

the

associations or

minds

more

than

of

favorable connotations,

consumers.

brand

Brand

positioning,

identity

imaging,

creates
and

Page

the

physical

attributes.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

which

132

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Brand

Image

Keller

defined

Managing the

brand

image

as,

Product

eBook

"Perceptions

about

brand associations held

in consumer memory." Brand

picture of how

think about

key

feature

consumers

of a

goodwill as well.
strategies
the

that

and

Brand

positive

the

image

distinctive
The

1990).

set

brand associations.

brand

and

the

of

For a consumer,

boosts

brand

attributes

customer's

loyalty

of a

mind

perceptions about a

(Keller,

Hsieh,

by

image
and

with the assistance of strong

favorable

in

reflected

the

image is the complete mental

brand.

image

is created

brand

To a

particular

as

Pan, and

is

particular
linked

brand

the

is the

improves
marketing

brand

to

an

with

offering

consumer forms

Setiono)

Equity

Brand

equity

equity

of

satisfied
and

by

brand

memory.

Zinkhan,

as reflected

and

A good

relate

consumer's

(Dobni

brand

brand

is

the

overall

particular

with

properly

it,

and

strength

product

is

resellers are

communicated

of

the

high

in

brand

market

keen to sell

so

that

it

it.

in
if

Brand

builds

the

market.

many

For

customers

equity should

strong,

example,

unique,

are

brand

happy

and

be carefully crafted

favorable

consumer

associations and experiences of the brand.

Brand
1.

equity arises from the sequential


The

company

has

to

develop

building

processes, which are:

positive

brand

awareness

and

association

of

brand among the customers.


2.

The company

3.

The company has to draw-out a proper customer response to the

4.

The

most

brand and

Brand
brand

equity

has to develop a meaning of its brand

difficult

step

In

to

establish

strong,

active

of the user.
brand.

relationship

between

the

customer.

provides

substantial

a power to capture the

source.

is

in the mind

highly

emotional connection

major

competitive
between

competitive
portion

market,

brand

and

advantage

to

the

of market share and

forging

strong

customer is the

brand
key

firm

as

it

gives

source of solid
equity

on

the

income
basis

of

ingredient for the success

of any new venture.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

Page

133

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing

the

Product

eBook

6 . 1 5 Packaging
According
container

to
or

environment
size,

crowd

that

for

has

both

is divided

Primary

an

"Packaging

sellers

effect

involves

It acts as

product."

adverse

appearance

of competing

Packaging

Kotler,

wrapper for

shape, and

important

Philip

on

the

designing

a wall

product.

and

between

An

producing

the

attractive

product and
package

promotes the product at the time of purchase.

and

customers

as

it

helps

in

identification

the

of

of

the

right

Packaging

is

product

in

brands.

into the following

packaging

refers

to

three categories:
the

packaging

that

is

in

immediate

direct

contact

with the content or product.

Secondary packaging

is external to

displaying

the product on the shelves.

Tertiary

or

shipping

facilitates the protection,

primary

packaging

handling, and

refers

packaging

to

the

and

plays a pivotal

packing

role in

arrangement

that

transport.

Functions of Packaging

Packaging

has the following

important functions:

It a i d s in devising

It provides protection against damage and

It makes distribution channels accessible.

It helps

It provides necessary

in

suitable pricing

strategies.
spoilage.

image b u i l d i n g .
information about the

product.

Advantages of Packaging

Packaging

has the following

advantages:

It conveys brand

It helps consumers to identify the product with

It adds value to the product.

It

creates

visual

message at the t i m e of purchase.

impact

of

packaging,

which

its u n i q u e selling

is

an

important

points (USPs).

form

of

non-verbal

communication.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

134

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing the

Product

eBook

6 . 1 6 Decisions on Packaging
Decisions on packaging

have to entail the following

areas:

Package Materials
Marketers
metal,

have to choose from

wood,

depends

on

cellophane,

the

production and

several

plastic,

nature of the

packaging

and

materials,

styrofoam.

product,

point

Choice

such as glass,
of

of consumption,

the

paperboards,

packaging

distance

material

between

time

of

consumption.

Cost
Choice of the packaging

material also affects the package cost.

very careful while deciding about the

Size, Shape, Color, and


All

these

factors

greatly

its

products from

be

package.

Design of Package

affect

the

consumer's

that of its competing

basis of a successful

So, a marketer should

brands.

choice
Shape,

and
size,

help
and

the

firm

to

differentiate

color together form

the

package d e s i g n .

Promotion Strategy
Packaging

plays an

so that they can

important role in

promotion.

merge with major sales

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Packages should

be engineered

properly

promotions.

Page

135

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06.

Creating and

Managing

the

Product

eBook

6 . 1 7 Labeling
Label

is

information

simple
about

tag
the

attached
product

and

the

the

product

seller.

package

itself or as a tag

Labeling

involves three important decisions:

Grade

labels

numbers,

affixed

to

refer

to

letters, and

Descriptive

labels

or

label

designed

can

graphic.

appear

as

It

graphics

carries
on

the

on the product.

the

quality

of

the

product

important

benefits

offered

for

sale

in

terms

of

words.
explain

the

or

characteristics

offered

for

sale.

Informative labels

refer to the care,

use, and

preparation of the product.

Advantages of Labeling
Labeling

It

has the following


helps

in

advantages:

identifying

the

product

or

brand

in

the

market

which

is

flooded

numerous products.

It promotes the product in the highly competitive market.

It helps

in grading

the product.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

136

with

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

06. Creating and

Managing the Product

eBook

6 . 1 8 Chapter Summary

A product
price,

is a set of t a n g i b l e and

manufacturers

accept as offering

and

retailers'

prestige

satisfaction of wants and

Products

are

classified

industrial

products.

A product-line

intangible attributes,

refers

under

to

the

two

set

Product-line

length

refers to

main

which

the

categories-consumer

of the closely

the

services,

packaging,

color,

buyer

may

products

and

needs.

as a u n i t because of the s i m i l a r technology,

and

including

linked

products

price range,

number of

items

the

that

marketing,

company

are considered
and end

carries

in

user.

each

of

its product lines.

Downward

line

market and

stretching

occurs

when

stretches its lines downward

Product-mix

consists

of

all

the

is

an

attempt

company

by

product

operates

in

the

upper

end

introducing a low-price line.

lines

and

items

that

particular

seller

offers for sale.

The

product

history

of

growth,

the

Skimming

cycle

product.

maturity, and

marketer

life

and

Sales

to

history

recognize
passes

the

distinct

through

four

stages

in

the

sales

stages-introduction,

decline.

penetration

pricing

are

two

main

pricing

strategies

used

by

s for new products that are at the introduction stage.

brand

is

intended

to

name,

term,

sign,

symbol

or

design,

or

combination

of

them,

identify the products or services of one seller or group of sellers and

to

differentiate them from those of competitors.

Major

brand

decisions

sponsorship, and

Brand

positioning

brand

involve

brand

Individual
corporate

brand
name

refers to

name,

the act of designing

firm

has

four

multibrands, and

Packaging

valued

blanket

combined

organizations for g i v i n g

brand

name

selection,

with

family

the company's offer and

image

Label

so

place in the target customers' minds.


name,

individual

separate

product

family

name

are

brand

name,

strategies

and

used

by

names to their products.

choices

for

developing

brands-line

extension,

brand

extension,

new b r a n d s .

involves

designing

and

producing

the

container

or

wrapper

product.

brand

development.

that it occupies a distinctive and

positioning,

is a simple tag

attached

www.itmuniversityonline.org

to the product or a designed

graphic.

Page 137

for

Pricing

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

7 . 1 Introduction
Pricing
value

is
of

believed
p r o fit s

not just
a

an

an

fluctuations in

Pricing

that

elegant

is

attached

marketer

product

organization.

can

Pricing

to

tries

to

attract

is

never

label

on

product.

communicate

premium

with

pricing

permanent

It
its

and

because

is

the

intended

customer.

can
there

garner
are

It

is

huge

always

pricing d u e to various factors.

decisions

overlook

n u m b e r that

commodity

that

for

their

are

considered

pricing

uncertainties, the pricing

to

strategies.

be

However,

decisions need

After reading t h i s chapter,

you

will

complex

and

difficult;

even

after

hence,
facing

many

marketers

complexities

to be appropriate.

be able to:

Define pricing

Explain the strategic role of pricing

Describe the pricing

Explain the factors affecting

Explain

Describe economic approach to pricing

Describe pricing

objectives
pricing

decisions

how companies price their products

strategies

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

139

and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

7 . 2 M e a n i n g and
According

to

Philip

Definition of Pricing

Kotler,

or service, or the sum

"Price

is

the

amount of

money

charged

for

a product

of the values that customers exchange for the benefits of

having or using the product or service."

The amount of money charged


are

different

names

price,

pays

for

buying

cost

of

manufacturing,

manufacturer.

to

product

Until

o n l y element in

or

for

such

marketing

as

service.

cost

today,

buying

of

price
mix,

fees,

fares,

Price

is

sales

is

the

which

impact on the bottom

profitability
with

the

of an

help

considerably.
a b l e to

of

price.

Many

made

and

In

the

values
few

known

of certain
and

is

are

price.

that

components,

profit

There
person

such

margin

buying

as

of

decision.

The

price.

be changed

created

and

pricing

low-price

as

etc.,

wages,

A little change

years,

adopting

is

of a consumer's

mix, which can

past
are

up

toll,

distribution,

key aspect

Customer

organizations

purchase high-end

rent,

line of an organization.

organization.

or service

produces revenue,

Price is a flexible element of marketing


great

a product

quickly.
in

price can affect the

relationships

practices

models

P r i c e s have a

so

have

that

are

built

changed

customers

are

products.

7 . 3 The Strategic Role of Price


Pricing

strategy

cautiously

is

the

evaluated.

d u e to the following

Pricing

important
has

been

part

one

of

of

marketing

the

Price has a great effect on demand

and

Price/volume

of

important

relationship

is

one

ultimately

the

most

important

Pricing

of the

customer

of

it

must

marketing

be
mix

control

measures

for

management.

Competitive prices have direct impact on costs and

price

aspects

and

influences the sales revenue.

indicates the quality,

important

planning

reasons:

marketing

An

most

step

in

offering.

attitude

planning

and

image, value, and

controlling

While evaluating

surveys,

the

competitive

the

improvements in productivity.

status of the product.

marketing

strength

and

pressures,

and

mix

is deciding

weakness of a
government

on cost and

pricing

policies

strategy,
are

into consideration.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

140

taken

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

7.4 Objectives of Pricing


Pricing

is one of the crucial

objectives of pricing

Pricing

elements of marketing

It

is

important

with the help of a diagram

in

Fig. 7.4a.

before designing

objectives are explained

the pricing

mix.

to

determine the

policies.

Pricinq Objectives

Profltabilitv
Volume-oriented

I mage-onented

Stabhzation

objectives

objectives

objectives

onented

objectives

(a) Profit

(a) Maximization of

(a)

sales revenue

maximization

Maintaining an

(a) Maintaining stable

image

prices

(b) Maximization of

(b) Target return

market share

(c)

(c) Satisfactory

Maxirmzatton of

Fig. 7.4a:

While

designing

objectives
view

of

of the

pricing

pricing.

labor

costs.

and

marketer

organization's

by certain factors,
and

policies

cash

Pricing Objectives

strategies,

must

flow

to

these

determine

marketer
pricing

requirements and

such as constitutional

Due

factors,

policies,

the

must

be

objectives

the

external

clear

from

about

the

limitations

market competition, demand

organizational

priorities

of

pricing

the

point

of

enforced
behavior,

objectives

are disturbed.

The aim

of an

organization

of their products

based

is to capitalize on

on that a i m .

profits;

There are

so

organizations

not m a n y firms whose

decide

the

prices

business objective

is to achieve greater sales volume.

Pricing

objectives are divided

Profitability-oriented

into four categories:

Objectives

Profit Maximization

One of the main


capitalize
before

on

calling

its
it

business objectives is profit maximization.


profit

in

off from

www.itmuniversityonline.org

short

the

period.

market.

In

This
the

is

the

initial

An organization tries to

period

stages

after

of a

the

launch

product's

Page

life,

141

and
it

is

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

recommended

for

an

strategy to gain good

organization

to

follow

market share and

'low

price

and

low

profit'

margin

h i g h sales volume.

Target Rate of Return

Target

rate of return

organization
sales.

It

has

is the expected

done.

Target

level

rate

of

of profit from

return

also acts as a measurement tool

is

in

the

to gauge

the

the

investments that the

form

of

marketing

percentage

of

performance of

new organizations.

Satisfactory

Some

Profits

organizations

choose
policy.

do

satisfactory

Satisfactory

enables

an

change

according

not

level

focus
of

profit

level of profits

organization
to

to

do

time

much
as

on

profit

the

foremost

is an amount

future

d i s t r i b u t i o n , and cost of advertising.

of

increase

Therefore,

objective

Satisfactory
in

cost

of

instead

of

that covers overall

investments.

because

maximization;

their

they

pricing

costs and

level

profits

production,

also

might

cost

an organization must timely

of

review

the satisfactory level of profits.

Volume-oriented Objectives

Maximization of Sales Revenue

With

the

help

maximum
profit
run

sales

with

the

stability.

such

of

revenue.

Business

statement

to

maintain

portion of sales

In

the

past,

margins

due

is
etc.

sales

volume,

Organizations

intention

resource scarcity,

low

highest

of

making

experts

untrue

the

that

times

To cover overhead

sufficient

sales

organizations

generally

maximum

believe

in

many

sales.

high

of

and

in

This

sales

high

costs,

volume,

charged

tried

small

inflation,

in

sustain

percentage

objective

result

to

ensured

high

greater

of

long

profits

but

competition,

many small firms keep t h e i r p r ic e s

this

process,

they

fail

to

get

good

revenue.

many
to

organizations

high

prices

and

were
also

unsuccessful
because

of

in

safeguarding

unbending

their

profit

competition

from

overseas exporters.

Maximization of Market Share

Maximization
Research
market

of

studies

market

share

indicate

share of an

that

is

there

organization

www.itmuniversityonline.org

one

of
is

(Tellis,

the

an

main

inbuilt

1988;

objectives

of

relationship

Sethuraman

and

an

organization.

between
Tellis,

price

1991).

Page

142

and
In

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

situation where sales volume of an organization


competition,
electronic

an

organization

goods

must

manufacturing

keep

on

increases along

observing

organizations

reduced

its

with the growth

market

prices

of

share.

their

in

Many

products

to

capture maximum market share.

Organizations make market share as their objective d u e to several

reasons:

Market share is easy to measure in comparison to other pricing objectives.

Market share helps an organization

in deciding

its competitive

position

in the

industry.
o

Market share is also linked

belief of business growth.

Maximization of Customer Volume

Many

organizations

share and

to

customer
the

volume

prices

of

Such

is

tickets

objective

maintain
selling

sell

their

increase the

spite of decreasing

of

their

the
to

products

at

low

prices

sales of their products.


aviation

industry.

increase

traffic,

The

to

maximum

market

best example of m a x i m i z i n g

Commercial

which

gain

airline

ultimately

companies

increases

the

reduce

profits

in

the profit m a r g i n .

pricing

donation

is

more

levels.

suitable

for

Non-profit

non-profit

organizations

organizations
attract

that

more

try

to

people

by

When

an

their products at comparatively low prices.

Image-oriented

with the fundamental

Objective

Maintaining an Image

The

image

of a firm

organization,
products,

which

it can

plays
is

affect

an

important

known
the

careful w h i l e formulating

for

its

image of an

its pricing

role

in

its

high-end

market

performance.

products,

organization.

So,

introduces

an

low-price

organization

must

be

objectives.

Stabilization Objective

Maintaining Stable Prices

Minor changes
be

predicted

prefer

to

in

or

have

price can

controlled
stable

premise of stable

prices

bring

about

under typical

prices
as

for

price

their

positive or

negative

responses that cannot

business conditions.
products.

stability

is

Hence,

Managers,

considered

an

organizations

usually

indication

prefer

of a

healthy

business.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

the

143

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

7 . 5 Factors Affecting
Many economic and
Some of these
known

as

internal

that

function

factors.

inside

Factors

Fig. 7.Sa:

that

organization

function

are

a pricing

controllable

outside

the

decision.

and

hence

organization

are

pricing decisions are explained

Factors Affecting

Pricing

below.

Decisions

Factors

Organizational Setup

Pricing
is

also

range

decisions

of

product

which

are

responsible

taken

for

is

comprises

department,

Marketing

upper-level

the

experts

overall
their

responsible

Generally,

for

from

management

pricing

strategy

market

actual

'decision

as

of an
and

organization.

sorting

segments.

price

making'

marketing

is responsible for fixing

The

technicalities

committee

well

as

in

from

wide

lower-level

and

an

the

It

individual

organization,

the

production

the price of a product.

Mix

Price is one of the most


of

the

considering

mainly

strategies.

by

framing

products,

management

the

role when taking

known as external factors.

Internal and external factors effecting

Internal

Decisions

non-economic factors play a key

factors

uncontrollable and

Pricing

marketing

mix

are

important elements of the marketing

interrelated.

Any

decision

taken

affect the functioning

of the other three elements.

Thus,

strategy,

the

marketing

taken

changes

and

overall

modifications

strategy

must

be

must

done

be

for

mix.
any

All the elements

one

element

while framing

considering

into
the

the

pricing

consideration.
overall

Page

Even

marketing

strategy.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

can

144

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

Costs

Pricing

decisions

manufacturing
consideration

for

other

based

product.

correct

on

costs,

out-of-pocket

costs,

on

the

Generally,

pricing

such

as

costs, and

cost

fixed

decision.

incurred

cost

and

by

variable

Management

incremental

costs,

the

organization

cost

should

replacement

are

also

taken

in
into

maintain

costs,

its

opportunity

controllable costs.

Objectives
decisions

offer there
defined

External

are

should

be

mainly

influenced

a specific

pricing

so that the decision-making

by

pricing

objective.

objectives.

Each

For

objective

each

should

product

be clearly

becomes easy.

Factors

Demand

The demand

of product

influences its pricing and

Number and

Price of the competitor's product

Nature and

Consumer preferences

A detailed

the

focus

Pricing

are

demand

itself is influenced

by:

size of competitors

economic capacity of customers

study of the above-listed

factors is important in

pricing

decision.

Competition

Competition

majorly

must take pricing


competitors'

affects

the

pricing

decision

of

an

organization.

decisions on the basis of thorough study and

pricing

strategies.

This

also

helps

an

marketer

in-depth analysis of

organization

to

work

on

their

future p l a n s of pricing.

Suppliers
Suppliers
raw

play

material

key

rises,

role
it

in

will

pricing
charge

ultimately the manufacturer w i l l


final

product

decisions.
an

In

case

increased

of suppliers,

price

to

the

if the

price

manufacturer

of

and

pass it on to the consumer. Therefore, the price of

rises.

Economic Atmosphere
The

economic

policy

of

an

atmosphere

organization.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

particular

Monopoly

region

enables

an

or

country

organization

affects
to

the

pricing

charge

Page 1 4 5

prices

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

according
or

to

its desired

recession,

frame

the

profit

adversely

pricing

margin.

affect

policy

the

Adverse economic

pricing

according

to

policies.

current

periods,

such as

Therefore,

economic

inflation

marketers

period

and

must

based

on

economic forecast.

Government Control

In

many

countries,

organizations
government
the pricing

to

government

efficiently

controls

manage

the

is the only customer to whom

the

pricing

markets.

For

organizations

policies
some

of

private

industries,

sell their

products.

decisions are more distinct due to the impact of government

the

Here,

bodies.

7 . 6 How C o m p a n i e s Price?
Pricing
in

is done

charge;

Here,
then

even

in

in

large companies,

low-level

approved

railroads

many ways.

etc.,

by

pricing

management

the

pricing

In case of small companies,

is

is

set

people

upper-level
considered

by

put

to

be

an

senior

accounts, and

people

from

sales are invited

various

division

forward

management.

separate departments that decide the correct


decisions,

the

pricing

In

the

product

pricing

companies

important
pricing

and

is done

aspect.

of a

departments,

such

person

managers.
which

manufacture

These

as

line

product,

that

for a product.

by the

companies

While making
finance,

is

oil,

have

pricing

production,

to give their valuable i n p u t s .

7. 7 Setting the Price


An

organization

product,

decides

on

price

at

several

occasions,

such

as

when

developing

introduction of a regular product in a new channel or in a new

There are certain

steps in setting

Fig.

the price that are explained

7.7a: Six-Step

www.itmuniversityonline.org

region, etc.

in detail below:

Procedure of Setting the Price

Page

146

new

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

Step

eBook

1: Selecting the Pricing Objective

Objectives of a firm
becomes
profit,

easy.

should

There

maximum

be clear.

are

five

market

When

major

share,

objectives are clear,

pricing

maximum

the

pricing

objectives-survival,
market

skimming,

of a product

maximum

and

current

product-quality

leadership.

The major pricing objectives are:

Survival
Survival

is the

changing
stay in

consumer

wants,

of organizations

intense

when

competition

or

they
over

are

weighed

capacity.

down

with

Organizations

variable costs are covered.

Maximum Current Profit

organization
decides the

Maximum

try

to

does

fix

the

price

analysis

price which could

on

that
the

will

capitalize

basis

of

generate maximum

on

market

present

demand

and

often

desire

volume

leads

their

to

low

market
unit

shares.

the market as price sensitive, organizations fix low prices.

and

costs

and

It

is

high

often
profit.

Market S k i m m i n g

skimming

and

sales

of

Considering

high

high

maximization

that

Market

cost,

An

profits.

considered

Maximum

profits.

Market Share

Organizations

objective

business until some fixed costs and

Organizations

main

the

is

the

pricing

price comes down

consumer electronics industry.

technique
over time.

in

which

Market

price

of

skimming

In competitive conditions,

a
is

product

is

initially

m a i n l y observed

such techniques could

in
be

critical.

Product-Quality Leadership

Organizations

prefer

provide high-end
high

to

be

product-quality

products at affordable prices.

in quality, taste, and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

status but are priced

leader.

Organizations

It tries to provide

try

hard

to

products that are

within the customer's reach.

Page 147

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

Step 2:

Determining

Demand
The

eBook

Demand

varies according

relationship

between

to price and
price and

affects the marketing

demand

is explained

objective of an organization.

below with

the

h e l p of demand

curve.

(a) Inelastic Demand

(b) Elastic Demand

f 150

" 150

100

- - - - - - - - - - T - -

- - - - -

- - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

'

,100

'

'
'
I
'

1000

1050

Quantity Demand per lleriod

Quantity Demand per Period

Fig. 7 . 7 b :

Source:

Philip

Kotler,

Inelastic Demand

Kevin

Lane

1500

50-0

Keller,

Fig.

Abraham

Koshy,

7.7c:

Mithileshwar Jha,

Elastic Demand

Marketing

Management,

13th

Edition.

Price Sensitivity

The

demand

curve

curve

illustrates

indicates
the

customer

Estimation of the demand


less

price

there

are

sensitive
no

purchase of quantities

is initiated

in certain

substitutes

responses

or

at different

that

have

price

various

intervals.

price

with the analysis of price sensitivity.

situations,

such as when

competitors,

when

they

they

feel

buy

the

low cost

high

price

Demand

expectations.
Customers are
products, when
of

product

is

acceptable, etc.

Estimating

Demand Curves

Organizations measure

their demand

curves with

the

help

of various methods explained

below:

Surveys

It gives
different

an

organization

a fair

idea

about the

units

price intervals.

Here,

customers can d e v a l u e their intention of purchasing

a product so that the organization does not fix h i g h

www.itmuniversityonline.org

purchased

by

the consumer at

prices.

Page

148

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

Price Experiments

price

experiment

comparable

is

about

territories

to

charging

witness

the

different
effect

experiments must be done carefully and

factors

analysis

help

an

of quantities

organization

to

be from d ifterent locations and

Price

Demand

change

it should

sold,
know

previous
their

same

prices

on

product

sales.

in

Pricing

not estrange customers.

in

to

price.

variation

Step 3:

in

when

there

For example,

the

is

hardly

be elastic when

witnessed

s'l50

However,

demand

in demand

policies,
The

and

various

statistical

other

data

could

of time.

in

any

decline

of

Fig.

was considerable,

finalize

the

includes

price

product,

which

product.

It also includes the

variation

in

curve of Fig.

in

demand
the

7.7c,

it

after
in

7.7b,

from

in

changes

price

in

price.

change,

demand

and

after a slight

the price increase from


units

1050

increase

that is, from

cost

of a

of

product

price

to

was

units.

1000

same

but

the

on

the

of

selling

the

are

costs

1 5 0 0 units to 500 u n i t s .

production,

profit

keeping
cost

Levels of Production

There

of cost-fixed

costs

organization,

irrespective

are

two

incurred
costs

types

by

are

the
sure

to

be

incurred

Variable cost varies according

of

and

analyzes

of
the

organization

fixed
cost

cost
per

charges a

and
unit

every

of

month.

price

levels of production,

cost

production

that mainly

is

For

the

costs

and

incurred

cost

covers

an organization

Fixed

revenue

example,

levels.

costs
or

production

salaries,

For example,

rent,

levels.

interest,

requirement of

as

which
the

must

total
is

total

cost.

known

A
as

production

price the

manufacturer
average
costs.

cost.

also
The

As there are

product cleverly so that the

costs of all the levels of production are covered.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

that

by the manufacturer.

known

level,

costs.

sales

to the production

variable
at

mind

distribution,

variable

raw material w i l l vary according to units produced

total

in

margin for an organization.

Types of Costs and

various

after making

is considerable change

the demand

little

curve

there

in demand

Estimating Costs

Organizations

Fixed

pricing

correlations.

over a period

know the variations occurring

inelastic

is said

to

s'lOO

must

is

demand

The

different

the

Elasticity of Demand

Marketers

etc.

for

Statistical Analysis

Statistical

are

of

prices

Page 149

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

There

eBook

are

various

profitability
carry

out

(better

of a

an

other

costs

related

product

when

selling

accounting

known

as ABC

method,

Step 4:

to

which

accounting).

out the actual cost that is linked

to

By

the

various
is

the

to the selling

of

retailers

known

using

Analyzing Competitor's Costs,

production

as

ABC

or

communicate

the

with superior features


competitor's
lower,

Even

of their

activity-based

method,

and

price,

the

slight

change

in

suppliers,

etc.

have

proposition

little

creates

organization

must

to

analyze

the

organization

can

when

information

exceptional

manufacturers

cost

accounting

manufacturer can

find

Prices, and Offers

product

incite

reaction

there are fewer companies,

customers

the

their

In addition,

customers,

must

if

it

organizations

offers

product

After thorough evaluation of the


decide

whether

it

should

charge

its competitor.

pricing
The

analyze

of a product to each customer.

in comparison to the competitors.

same or higher price than

distributors,
when

product

value

To

customers,

Organizations must first t h i n k over the price of the competitor.


must

product.

of

of

the
the

reactions

competitors
product

is

product.

problems.
competitor's

To

competitors,

in

three

homogenous

in

nature,

is

customers,

definite

await

present

from

competitor
a

with

and

strong

competitor's

financial

scenarios
when
value

response,

situation,

recent

an

sales

record, corporate objectives, and customer loyalty.

Step 5:

Selecting a Pricing

For setting

demand

a price,

schedule,

Method

there are three major considerations for an organization-customers'

the

cost

function,

and

the

competitor's

price.

Organizations

use

the

method that comprises one or more of these considerations.

Different methods of pricing are explained

Markup

Markup

Pricing

pricing

is

organization can
and

then add

First,

considered

the

most

straightforward

pricing

method.

approximately calculate the total cost of manufacturing

a profit m a r g i n , a l so known as a markup,

a manufacturer

formula:

below:

needs to find

out the

Here,

a product

to the price of the product.

u n i t cost of a

product

by

the following

Unit cost , Variable Cost+ Fixed costs


Unit Sales

www.itmuniversityonline.org

an

Page

150

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

After getting

the u n i t cost,

a manufacturer

needs to find

Markup Price=

help of the following formula:

the markup

price with the

Unit Cost
1 - Desired Return on Sales

Target-return

Organizations
Investment

Pricing

use

target-return

(ROI).

pricing

to

decide

The formula for target-return

the

target

rate

of

Return

On

price is:

.
Unit cost+ Desired Return x Invested Capital
T arge t - Ret urn P r i c e = -------Un-t
i -Sa
e
l -s------'--

Perceived-value

Organizations

Pricing

price

their

products

includes various elements,


the

channel

Advertisement

sales

the

such as the

deliverables,
and

on

the

force

are

basis

buyer's

image of the

warranty
marketing

of customer's

quality,
mix

perceived

product

and

elements

customer
that

Value

Many

are

organizations

have

high

instance,

Going-rate

Going-rate
same

or

also

to

Low

catch
Pricing

pri cing.

It

by

buyers.

intends to
the

become a

attention

(EDLP)

is

by reputed organizations like Big

pricing

is

price

based
than

Organizations

Auction-type

pricing

technique

low-cost

of

Bazaar,

the

key

By

producer and

of value-conscious

one

price.

in

customers.

value

pricing

D-Mart, etc.

its

on

competitors'

nearest

prefer the

pricing.

competitor.

going-rate

It

Organizations

is

pricing

the

most

technique

charge

accepted
when

less,

pricing

measuring

in competitive response.

Pricing

With

the

growth

good

example of this kind

type pricing

is

products at a comparatively low

the cost becomes difficult or when there is uncertainty

used

Pricing

more

technique.

goods

Everyday

value

high-quality

the organization

quality

techniques used

implemented

provide

this technique,

provides
For

support.

Pricing

which organizations
using

It

performance,

organizations to improve the perceived-value in the minds of potential

value.

of

Internet,

of pricing

is to clear used

www.itmuniversityonline.org

auction-type

pricing

is

majorly

is seen at ebay.com.

The

acceptable.
idea

behind

auction

goods or surplus inventories.

Page

very

151

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

Step 6:

All

eBook

Selecting the

organizations

organizations
activities,

Final

need

need

to

company

to

Price

finalize

think

pricing

on

over

pricing

various

policies,

their

products.

factors,

such

gain-and-risk

as

sharing

While
impact

finalizing

the

of

marketing

pricing,

other

and

the

price,

impact

of

price on other parties.

Impact of Other Marketing Activities

Other

marketing

consideration
considered
generally

activities,

while

such

deciding

on

insignificant when

seen

that

other

as q u a l i t y
the

final

of a brand,
price

Organizations
make

than

price,

consumers

departments.
and

consistency

policies
The

and

main

the profit g a i n e d

this

type

accept the

of

in

the

approve

intention

Sometimes

other benefits

are

more

are taken

in

product shipping and

pricing

the product.

concerned

about

into

It

is
is

customer

handling, etc.

is

price

of a

decisions,
to

be

product

many

aware

and

the

pricing

organizations

of the

prices

policies.

establish

quoted

by

To

pricing

salespersons

by the company from those prices.

Gain-and-Risk Sharing

In

product.

etc.,

Policies

prefer

pricing

the

it comes to q u a l i t y and

support activities, on-time delivery of a product,

Company Pricing

of

advertising,

pricing,

Pricing

perceived

marketer's offer.

Here,

level

of

risk

is

high,

so

if a marketer cannot

or she is solely responsible for bearing

a consumer

provide the

might

promised

refuse
value,

to
he

risk fully or partly.

Impact of Price on Other Parties


While

pricing,

suppliers,

organizations

competitors,

regulations,

sales

need

to

force,

consider

etc.

their

associates,

marketer

laid down by the respective authorities,

must

such

also

as

take

distributors,

the

rules

and

into consideration while p r i c i n g .

7.8 Approaches to Pricing


Due

to

extremely

methods.

Over

the

uncertain
years,

into consideration factors,

and

variable

organizations

factors,

have

used

marketers
various

such as competition, cost, and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

prefer

pricing

traditional
methods

pricing

by

market d e m a n d .

Page

152

taking

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

Certain approaches to

Cost-oriented

Demand-oriented

Competitive pricing

Cost-oriented

In

pricing

pricing

total

cost

predetermined

of

manufacturing

percentage

of

profit

is

product

added

to

is

taken

it.

Less

into
price

pricing.

Pricing

In this type of p r i c i n g

consideration.

the

simplicity are advantages of cost-oriented

Demand-oriented

product.

pricing

pricing,

and

competition and

that

below:

Pricing

cost-oriented

consideration

are explained

technique,

While

using

There

are

value pri cing, charging

the price of a product

this

pricing

many

types

technique,
of

is set on the basis of demand

the

market

demand-oriented

what the traffic w i l l bear,

peak-load

response

pricing,

is

such

taken

as

for
into

perceived

pricing, etc.

Competitive Pricing

As

the

While

name
pricing

consideration,
competitive
competition

suggests,
a

competitive

product,

rather

pricing

organizations

than

cost

and

pricing-customary

is

done

take

demand

pricing,

the

on

the

basis

competitors'

factors.

below

There

of competitor's
pricing

are

competition

three

pricing.

structures
main

pricing,

into

types

and

of

above

pricing.

7.9 E c o n o m i c Approach to P r i c i n g
Economic

approach

d e m a n d ' factors.

pricing

studies

the

relation

between

'price'

and

The market situations on which the presumption of pricing

perfect competition,

to

monopoly, and

'supply
is based

and
are

monopolistic competition.

Perfect competition

It
is

is a market situation where there are many


homogenous

in

nature.

From

the

buyers and

analysis

of

sellers,

perfect

and

the

competition,

product

following

features are observed:


o

A larger number of buyers and

sellers

A homogeneous product

Free entry and exit for organizations

Buyers and

sellers having correct

www.itmuniversityonline.org

knowledge

regarding

market conditions

Page

153

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

In

eBook

perfect

competition,

the

demand

setting the price of a product,

and

supply

factors

are

more

responsible

rather than the behavior of buyers and

for

sellers.

Monopoly

It

is a market situation where there

market

is

managed

by

that

is a single seller and

particular

seller.

The

many

buyers.

characteristics

of

The whole
monopoly

market conditions observed are:


o

S i n g l e producer in the industry

No competition

Product does not have any close substitute

Many monopolists charge the


the

price as

that

much as they

product.

Therefore,

price desired

require,
a

but

by

them.

it could

monopolist

needs

also
to

They
lead
be

have the power to

to decrease

cautious

raise

in demand

while

pricing

of
its

products.

Monopolistic Competition

In

monopolistic

having

competition,

intense

competition

little monopoly d u e to differentiation

is

observed

in their product.

among

small

sellers

The characteristics of

monopolistic competition are:


o

Sellers in

large number

Differentiation

Entry and exit freedom to organizations

in

product

7.10

P r i c i n g Strategies

Pricing

decisions

pricing

challenges of a market,

are

based

on

of action to adopt the changing

The various types of pricing

the

organization's

pricing

policies

of

pricing.

strategies are designed.

It

To

is also

encounter
known

as

situations of the market.

strategies:

Geographic Price Policy

Leader Pricing

Psychological Pricing

Skimming

Penetration

Pricing
Pricing

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

154

the
plan

I n t r o d u c t i o n to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

Geographic

While

Price

pricing,

shipping
policy

Policy

geographical

factors

heavy machines and

represents

the

organization must

are

metals,

pricing

taken

into

consideration,

especially

as their cost of transportation

structure

of

an

organization,

so

the

is huge.
pricing

in

case

The

of

pricing

policy

of

an

be apparent.

Leader Pricing

In

leader pricing

strategy,

the market

leader fixes a

other members follow the same pricing.


that acquires maximum
framing

the

pricing

market

policies,

particular

Here the leader is referred

share or influences the

a loss

price for the

leader needs to

industry

be cautious

product and

to as an organization

to a great extent.

While

because a single mistake

can affect its market position.

Psychological

Psychological
the

pricing

products are

instead

priced

at odd

that affects the psychology of a customer.

numbers for

instance;

price of a

product

prices is just of 1,

is

set

Here,

for 99

but customers see it

difference.

Skimming

Pricing

skimming

cream

is a type of pricing

of 100. The difference between the two

as a big

In

Pricing

pricing,

revenue

reduced

from

manufacturer
the

market

charges

before

because the manufacturer

it

very
gets

high

price

initially

competitive.

Over

so

as

to

time,

recovers all the expenditures incurred

skim

prices

on the

the
are

product

and also p u l l s out enormous profits.

Penetration

Penetration

Pricing

pricing

is

organization

prefers

entering

capturing

and

stay ahead

totally

to

opposite

introduce
the market.

its

to

skimming

product

with

prrcmg.
very

This type of pricing

low

In

penetration

price

strategy

with

an

pricing,
intention

of

helps an organization to

in competitive atmosphere.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

an

Page

155

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

07.

Pricing

eBook

7 . 1 1 Chapter S u m m a r y

The

amount of money

There are different


a person

charged

names to

pays for buying

buying

price,

such

as

product
fees,

or

fares,

service
rent,

is

toll,

known

as

wages,

price.

etc.

that

a product or service.

Pricing objectives are d i v i d e d


volume-oriented

for

into four categories-profitability-oriented

objectives,

image-oriented

objectives,

and

objectives,

stabilization

objectives.

Factors
setup,

affecting
marketing

competition,

pricing
mix,

decisions

costs and

are

internal

objectives;

and

factors,

is done

in

person

in-charge;

many
in

ways.

large

In

case

companies,

of small
pricing

as

external factors,

s u p p l i e r s , economic atmosphere, and

Pricing

such

such

as demand

government control.

companies,
is

organizational

set

by

pricing

the

is

division

done
and

by

the

product

l i n e managers.

The six steps for setting

price are:

1.

Selecting

2.

Determining

3.

Estimating

4.

Analyzing competitor's costs,

5.

Selecting a pricing

6.

Selecting the final

Cost-oriented

the pricing

objective

demand

costs
prices, and

offers

method
price

prrcmg,

demand-oriented

pricing,

competitive

pricing

are

approaches to p r i c i n g .

Perfect

competition,

monopoly,

and

monopolistic

competition

are

said

to

be

the

economic approaches to pri cing.

Geographic
and

price

penetration

policy,

pricing

www.itmuniversityonline.org

leader

pricing,

psychological

are the various types of pricing

pricing,

skimming

pricing,

strategies.

Page

156

Marketing
Channels

I T M

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing Channels

eBook

8 . 1 Introduction
The

world

pricing,
and

of

and

marketing
promotion

services from

global

marketing

components,
finished

With

and

the

is

vibrant.

of a

product,

place of

has

Marketing
but

production

given

rise

manufactured

to

also

not

only

concerned

to the

supply

goods

is

concerned
with

the

about

movement

place of consumption.

chain,

together

and

which

links

focuses

production,
goods

Development

the

on

of

raw

the

of

material,

movement

of

goods to the consumer.

the

expansion

manufactured
these two

at

points

of

markets,

different

distribution

locations

needs to coverage,

and

sold

hence,

problems
at

different

have

increased.

locations.

The

Goods

gap

the concept of distribution channel

between
has

developed.

After reading

this chapter,

you will

be able to:

Define channel of d i s t r i b u t i o n

Explain the flow and

E x p l a i n the levels of distribution channel

Discuss the behavior and organization of channel

E x p l a i n the channel design decision

Discuss about marketing

functions of channel

www.itmuniversityonline.org

logistics and

supply chain management

Page

are

158

been

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

8.2 Definition of C h a n n e l of Distribution


According
in

the

to

E . W . Cundiff and

direct

or

indirect

R. S. Still,

transfer

of

"Channel of distribution is a path

the

title

producer to ultimate consumers or industrial

According

to

marketing

company

American

channel

agents

is

Marketing

structure

and

of

dealers,

to

product

as

it

moves

traced
from

users."

Association,

"A

channel

of

intra-company organization,

wholesalers

and

retailers

distribution
units

and

through

or

intra

which

commodity product or service is marketed."

8.3 C h a n n e l Functions a n d
Channel

Functions

Agencies or firms that

are

involved

members of a marketing channel.

Flows

Collect

information

analyze

various

of

distribution

of goods and

services are considered

These members perform the following

regarding

ways

in

functions:

potential customers, current customers,

effective

distribution;

analyze

risks

competitors;

associated

with

the

channel.

Develop
the

strong

product.

and

effective communication

Negotiate

the

price of product and

process of transfer of ownership and


by

placing

Develop

orders and

good

potential

relationships

customers.

that
a

is,

such as

from

backward

information,

Make

with

Match

the demand

in

purchase

initiate the
the

market

is,

existing

flow,

for

proper

from

physical flow, and


Functions such

customers

negotiation, and finance flow from

www.itmuniversityonline.org

customers

and

establish

storage

of

contacts

goods,

with

efficient

right movement of goods.

promotional

that

possession.

provisions

producer to customers.
flow,

various other terms to

to

delivering goods on time.

handling of goods, and

Functions,

to encourage consumers

to

title flow constitute forward

as ordering

company.

and

Some

flow,

payment constitute
functions,

such

both the ends.

Page

159

as

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing Channels

eBook

Types of functions that a distribution c h a n n e l performs are:

Spatial

Discrepancy

Spatial discrepancy occurs when there is distance between the place of production
and consumption.

End-users are scattered, therefore, a product has to reach every

part of the target location in a cost-effective manner.

Temporal

Temporal

Discrepancy

discrepancy

manufactured
cases,

and

customers

reduced

is

the
have

by stocking

the

difference

time
to

when

wait

between

the

for

product

the

the
is

product.

time

actually

when

product

consumed.

Temporal

goods in the right quantity and

the

In

discrepancy

at the right

places.

is

some

can

be

Generally,

temporal discrepancies occur in case of automobile manufacturing.

Need for Breaking the Bulk

Products

are

manufactured

smaller quantities.
need

in

Therefore,

bulk

when

quantities,

but

are

discrepancies occur

generally

consumed

between them,

there

for breaking the b u l k . Thus, a customer can buy the product according

usable q u a n t i t y .

in
is a

to the

In most cases, this function is unnoticed.

The

best

goods,

example

where

in quantities,

the

Cadbury

Dairy

but

are

there

are

breaking

products

the

bulk

manufactured

is

FMCG

are

large

but they are broken down according

the orders placed

they

of

by distributors and

Milk

chocolates are

mainly

some

sold

as

instances,

where

retailers.

available

single

to

pieces.

they

are

in

bulk,

However,
also

sold

as b u l k , as per customer requirement.

The

Need for Assortment

A customer is always in search of variety.


in fact,

A company cannot sell a s i n g l e product;

it produces large quantities of a single product.

Consumers generally prefer

a variety of goods in small quantities.

In festive seasons,
the

company

in

you get festive packs with several

small

quantities

product assortment and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

in

one

is most preferred

pack.

This

products of
is

known

by customers.

Page

160

as

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

Chocolate
good

refers to

the

Cadbury's

and

sweets

pack

of

Haldiram's

are

examples of product assortment.

a discrepancy

requirements

rather than

and

men

aftershave

a shaving

of

buying

For example,

kit,

the

them

in

the

which

lines

produced

Consumers

prefer

by

the

buying

manufacturer and
all

items

together

individually.

prefer buying

lotion

product

consumer.

all the shaving

together and

not

products,

individually.

like razor,

Therefore,

shaving

they

prefer

foam,
buying

provides all the items in a s i n g l e pack.

Discrepancy of Quantity

It refers to the difference


the
of

actual
goods

requirement
for

its

quantity according

Channel

between the quantity

of the

consumer.

economical

reasons,

produced

A manufacturer
whereas,

by

the manufacturer and

produces

consumer

large

requires

quantity
a

small

to usage.

Flows

A c h a n n e l flow
consumer.
to

of

Discrepancy of Assortment

It

pack

is a pipeline through

These

flows

are

which

designed

for

goods and

smooth

make them available for the consumer in

services flow from

movement

of goods

manufacturer to

and

the most efficient manner,

services,

and

without affecting

t h e i r cost.

The five different types of channel flows are explained


1.

Physical

Physical

below:

Flow

flow

is

associated

with

where the goods flow in forward

the

flow

physical

direction, that

Fig. 8 . 3 . l a :

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

goods.

is, from

Physical

This

is

a forward

flow

manufacturer to customer.

Flow

Page

161

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

2.

Title

Title

Channels

eBook

Flow

flow

is

associated

with

manufacturer to customers.

the

transfer

Here,

of title

or

ownership

transportation does

not

of goods

from

play an active role,

the
as it

is the transfer of title or ownership.

2. Title Flow

Fig. 8 . 3 . l b :

3.

Title Flow

Payment Flow

Payment
services.

flow

is

backward

Here, the flow

flow

is directed

associated

with

the

payments

of

goods

and

from the customers to the manufacturer.

3. Payment Flow

I
F
l
i\i
l
+
l
i1


iiii
l
l
'l
l
,__

l
l@
il
m
@
II
H
l
r--lilil
i
l
l
I
,I+--l
lll
l

l
iiii
l
ll

l
ii
ll
l
:liif
l: l
i
Fig. 8.3.lc:

4.

Information

Flow

Information flow
ends,

from

feedback.

5.

is associated

suppliers

in

the

with

form

the flow of information;

of promotions and

from

it

is directed

customers

in

from

the form

of

Flow

flow

is

associated

with

make the consumers aware about

information
it.

It

from the manufacturer to customers,

about

is directed

the

product

in the forward

or

service,

direction,

that

S. P,omotlo, Flow

lirfi

Fig. 8 . 3 . l e :

www.itmuniversityonline.org

to
is,

as complete information on the product flows

from the manufacturers to customers.

Ffrilii1

both

Both parties actively participate in the exchange of information.

Promotion

Promotion

Payment Flow

Promotion

Flow

Page

162

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

8.4 C h a n n e l Levels
Channel
various

levels are designed


ways.

These

consumer usage.

8.4.1

to make goods and

levels

involve

intermediaries

The manufacturer and

Consumer Marketing

services available to consumers through


to

make

the

product

available

for

the consumer are key aspects in every channel.

Channels

There are four types of consumer marketing channels levels, which are explained

O Level

2 Level

I Level

below:

3 Level

Fig. 8 . 4 . l a : Consumer Marketing Channels


Source:

Philip

Kotler,

Kevin

Lane

Keller,

Abraham

Koshy,

Mithileshwar

Jha,

Marketing

Management,

13rn

Edition

Zero-level Channel

It

is

also

known

as

direct

marketing

t h e i r products to consumers.
For

example,

Eureka

Forbes

channel

because

the

manufacturers

There are many companies engaged


sells

its

water

purifiers

and

directly

sell

in direct marketing.

vacuum

cleaners

directly

to

customers (door-to-door s e l l i n g ) .

Direct

marketing

personalization.
distributors,

helps

Moreover,

an

organization

customers

get

in

building

products

at

the

huge
best

customer

price

since

base

there

are

retailers or resellers.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

with

163

no

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

One-level Channel

One-level

channel

the consumer.

consists

It cou Id

of only

single

intermediary

between

manufacturer

and

be only a retailer or a wholesaler.

Two-level Channel

Two-level

channel

consumer;
two-level

consists

of

two

intermediaries

these are generally a wholesaler and


channels

for

smooth

movement

of

a retailer.

their

two-level channels mainly for their biscuits and

between

manufacturer

Many

products.

packaged

food

and

the

FMCG companies follow

For

example,

ITC

follows

vertical.

Three-level Channel

A three-level channel consists of three intermediaries between the manufacturer and


consumer;

these are generally a wholesaler,

who buys goods from

wholesalers and

sells it to

In foreign countries, jobbers play a key


products from wholesalers and

8.4.2 Industrial

to

distributors,

sell

who

manufacturer can
the

industrial

branches

industrial

can

in

a retailer.

Jobber is a person

retailers.

role in the meatpacking

sell them to s m a l l

B2B

directly to
in

turn,

the

marketing.

industrial

sell

also use its

customers.
sell

and

industry;

they

buy

meat

retailers.

Marketing Channels

These channels are used


sales force

a jobber,

the

the

industrial

customers.

goods

to

to

industrial

the

It can

industrial

representatives or

Alternatively,

goods

An

sales

goods manufacturer can


also

its goods

customers.
branches to

manufacturer's

distributors,

sell

who

The

to

sell

the

or

Page

164

to

sales

goods

customers.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

goods

sell goods directly

then

its

industrial

industrial

representatives

can

use

to

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

o Level

2 Level

l Level

3 Level

Manufacturer

Fig. 8.4.2a:
Source:

Philip

Kotler,

Kevin

Lane

Industrial

Keller,

Abraham

Marketing

Koshy,

Channels

Mithileshwar

Jha,

Marketing

Management,

13th

Edition

8.5 C h a n n e l Behavior and O r g a n i z a t i o n


8.5.1

Channel

distribution

wholesaler,
members
in

the

Behavior

channel

and

retailer,

of the channel

channel.

channel

consists

The

member.

who
are

channel,

To

of

get

intermediaries,

associated

with

interdependent.
overall,

accomplish

the

is

such
one

Each

channel

manufacturer,

another

member

responsible

overall

as

for

has a

the

goals,

for

common
specific

success

all

of

channel

distributor,
benefit.

All

responsibility

each

individual

members

should

achieve

overall

work mutually and efficiently.

At

times,

channel
interest

channel

goals.

members

Generally,

rather than

should

channel

focusing

give

up

their

members

individual

work

on overall channel

goals

according

goals,

which

to

to

their

ultimately

own

business

leads to c h a n n e l

conflict.

8.5.2 Channel Conflict

Channel

conflict

Individual

refers to

members

coordination.

dispute

cannot

between

perform

channel

well

if

members over their

other

channel

All c h a n n e l s are integrated with each other,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

roles and

members

are

goals.
not

in

so that they work in tandem to

Page

165

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

smoothen

Channels

trade.

Poor

eBook

coordination

between

the

different

channel s

leads

to

channel

conflict.

Channel conflict arises due to various reasons:

Traditional

view

of

channel

members

and

their

inability

to

upgrade

themselves

with modern techniques of c h a n n e l management.

Manufacturers

sideline

customers through

their

channel

members

sell

their

products

directly

to

phone or Internet.

Disintermediation of c h a n n e l members.

Focusing

on

and

individual

management could

company

goals

rather

than

focusing

on

overall

channel

generate channel conflict.

Channel conflicts are majorly of two types-vertical conflict and

horizontal conflict.

Vertical Conflict
Vertical

conflict

wholesalers,
production

and

occurs

at

different

levels

of

the

same

channel.

Manufacturers,

retailers have certain expectations from each other like product q u a l i t y ,

schedules,

and

effective

marketing.

If

these

expectations

are

not

met,

vertical channel conflicts arise.

Horizontal Conflict
Horizontal

conflicts

occur

between

franchisees that are at the


retailer

B.

Therefore,

same

channel

level.

a customer

is

members,

such

as

two

or

more

retailers

Retailer A offers a product at a lesser

bound

to

buy from

retailer A.

Such

or

price than

disparity

causes

horizontal conflict.

Reasons

offered

of

horizontal

are

low

pricing,

by one dealer, unethical practices,

8.5.3 Vertical
Vertical

conflicts

Marketing

marketing

producer,

system

wholesaler,

particularly

designed

specifically

d e s i g n ed

and

to
to

System
is

extra

services

etc.

in

work

which

the

together

improve channel efficiency


avoid

advertising,

(VMS)

system

retailer,

aggressive

conflicts

between

core

to

and

group

fulfill

channel

customer

marketing

channel

of

members,

needs.

VMS

effectiveness.

members

who

are

VMS

Page

is

pursuing

i n d i v i d u a l goals.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

is

166

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

There are three types of V M S s :

Corporate VMS

Corporate

VMS

is

type

production

and

controls a l l

production and

of

distribution

come

franchising

system

under

single

where

the

consecutive

ownership.

Here,

stages

a company

of

itself

distribution.

Starbucks Coffee Company


any

channel

is the best example of corporate V M S .

opportunity

and

controls

every

Starbucks

It does not offer

outlet

from

its

head

it

alone

office.

Administered VMS

In

administered

VMS,

one

of

the

channel

members

is

so

powerful

that

coordinates the activities of other members.

For

example,

big

companies

coordination

from

policies, and

shelf space.

like

their channel

HUL

and

Coca-Cola

demand

members in terms of displays,

high

level

promotions,

of

pricing

Contractual VMS

Individual
for

their

channel
mutual

wholesalers, and

For

example,

members

are

benefit.

connected

Under

retailers operate

franchising

this

with

system,

independently,

organizations

each

like

other

on

contractual

manufacturers,

distributors,

but on a contractual

Pizza

Hut

and

basis

basis.

McDonald's

work

on

contractual V M S .

8.S.4 Horizontal

Marketing System

Horizontal

marketing

companies

unite to explore and

may

combine

their

system

resources

is

type

out

resources,

of

the

marketing

production

and

work

and

on

marketing
new
a

Horizontal

opportunity

facilities,

by

channel

marketing

temporary

marketing

in

or

system

resources.

which

opportunity.

basis

combining

marketing

t h e i r supply chain network while working

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

capitalize

maximize their potential of e a r n i n g .


most

(HMS)

as

two

The

a joint

or

companies
venture

is established

resources,

such

Companies

as

may

more

to

make

financial

also

together.

Page

to

167

share

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Two

products

could

do

are

alone.

competitors

For

Channels

eBook

marketed
In

together to

horizontal

accomplish

marketing

much

system,

more

than

companies

what one

may

unite

member

with

their

if it makes a w i n - w i n situation for each other.

example,

post

offices

Mahindra-Renault got

to P h i l i p

in which

a single

India

started

selling

insurance

into a joint venture for a sedan

8 . 5. 5 Multiple Channel

According

in

mutual

funds;

and

named 'Logan'.

Distribution System

Kotler multichannel distribution


firm

and

sets up

two

or more

system

marketing

is,

"A distribution system

channels to

reach

one

or

more customer segments."

In

the

past,

services.

This

Companies
limited

and

companies
was

were

the

focused

traditional

dependent

modern

on

only

techniques

advancement of technology and

sing le

channel
on

were

channels

where

single
not

increase

many

channel

introduced
in

to

customer

market

intermediaries

because
at

that

base,

multiple channels to market to distribute their products and

Many
also

companies

known

as

have

hybrid

adopted
channel

Multichannel distribution

a multichannel
because

system

of

approach

various

their

customer

time.

involved.
base

However,

companies

reach

have

was

with

the

introduced

of

their customers.

distribution

is one of the most efficient channels

out to customers through various ways, as explained

were

and

services.

to

means

the

products

in the diagram

involved

because

it

It
in

is
it.

reaches

below .

iii

FE@@f
cataloos,
t

Gary Armstrong,

lint\iuM

Fig. 8.5.Sa:
Kotler,

ltlmihll
Philip

Ti57137

rnterner

Source:

IWMIN

Multichannel

Prafulla

Y.

Aqnihotri,

Sales

fo=

IWWM

Distribution System
Ehsan

ul

Haque,

Principles

of Marketing,

Edition

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

168

13t1i

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

One

of

the

includes

Channels

key

components

storage

organization

eBook

and

of

multilevel

distribution,

must execute a strong

ensure smooth flow of goods and

Multichannel
Efficient

Bulk

marketing

and

technology.

and

productive

e-mails

and

SMSs

about new updates and

and

in

market

supply

chain

analysis

of

management.

finished

goods.

It
An

management system

to

relationship with customers.

are

with

adopted

access to customers to

allow

is

consistent supply chain

momentum

methods

It gives easy

helps

strong

gained

marketing

organizations

to

the
by

advancement

organizations

purchase a

reach

their

of

with

product with

customers

and

technology.
the

help

of

a s i n g l e click.
inform

them

offers.

8.5.6 Changing Channel Organizations


The

nature

and

technological

intent

changes

of

and

marketing
growth

intermediaries are eliminated


intermediaries are emerging

Many

companies

traditional

now

members

themselves

in

pace

sell

are
with

of online

are

changing

marketing.

With

due

to

the

impact

disintermediation,

and the products directly go to the end-user.

to

of

channel

New forms of

replace traditional ones.

directly

to

transforming
the

channel s

final

buyers,

their

competitors.

eliminating

processes

Many

with

Multilevel

the

intermediaries.

advanced
Marketing

methods
(MLM)

Many

to

keep

groups

like

Amway also sell their products directly to their customers.

It

is

the

coverage
dealing

most
of

efficient

Internet.

way

From

for

the

sellers

buyer's

to

point

sell

their

of view,

products,
the

product

because
is

of

the

cost-effective

is with a sing le organization.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

169

wide
and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing Channels

eBook

8 . 6 C h a n n e l Design

Decisions

Designing a marketing c h a n n e l involves analysis of customer needs, establishing channel


objectives,

Shown
Step

identifying and

evaluating

below are steps performed

1:

by management w h i l e d e s i g n i n g

a channel system:

Analyzing Customer Needs

Marketers

must

understand

the

c h a n n e l must produce certain

major c h a n n e l alternatives.

service

levels expected

by

the

customer.

A distribution

services for its customers.

Lot Size

Lot size

is the n u m b e r of units customers want to buy.

in

he or she would

bulk,

advantage.

prefer to

Therefore,

buy

from

b u l k - b u yi n g

If a customer wants to

buy

a manufacturer or wholesaler for cost

service

should

be

available

with

the

manufacturer or the wholesaler.

Waiting and
Customers
delivering
desired

Delivery Time

do

not

goods.

prefer
They

company

products as fast as

Spatial

not

mind

must

they

prefer

switching

to

channels,
another

which

are

fast

manufacturer

if

in

the

or delivery time.

ensure

that

channel

is

efficient

enough

to

deliver

possible.

Convenience

manufacturer

companies
opened

do

time;

product has a long waiting

Therefore,

waiting

by

offers

make
the

it

easy

convenience
for

company.

to

customers

This

saves

customers

to

get

on

the

time

for

buying

product

and

product.

through

many

transportation

Here,
outlets

costs

of

consumer.

Product Variety
Customers

want

variety

in

products.

increases the chance of buying

They

the product,

prefer

which

product

assortment

that

is really needed.

Service Backup

Service

backups

are

additional

or

add-on

includes credit facility, free delivery,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

services

installation,

provided

repairs,

by

the

channel.

etc.

Page

170

This

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

Step 2: Setting Channel Objectives

Companies,
channel
various

with

respect

objectives.
segments;

to

the

Generally,
and

then

targeted

levels

company

decides to

of

customer

identifies

serve

that

the

service,

level

of

state

service

particular segment

by

marketing

expected

using

by

the

best

on

the

channels.

All

marketing

channel

objectives

stated

at

mind.

The

primary

meet

its

strategic

present,

formed
on

by

procedures
on

investment.

distribution

of an

In

must

be

framing

with

addition,

the

market

the

must

volume,

is

in

framed

channel
channel

intention
be

is

to

operational
and

an

an

expansion

in

organization

to

organization

must

external environments.

as

an

economic

product,

objectives

should
While

entity,

profitability

keeping

flexibility.

depend

future

facilitate

of achieving

of a

will

the

objectives,

designed

share

future

keeping

considered

market

coverage,

done

the internal and

organization

objectives

sales

intensity,

While

members

Channel

involving

they

activities

competitors, and

channel

investment.

and

of a distribution

objectives.

channel

the

so

objective

consider its customers,

A distribution

planning

in

mind

and

the

profitability,
be

formed

designing

which

return

traditional
and

in

the

is

return

terms

of

distribution

channel, competitor's distribution channel must also be taken into consideration.

Step 3:

The

Identifying

next

step

Organizations
cost.

after
prefer

Therefore,

intermediaries

Major Alternatives

defining

the

delivering

the

organizations
available,

channel
exact

consider

number

of

objectives
product

is

to

channel

to

identify

their

alternatives.

target customer

alternatives

intermediaries

channel

based

needed,

at

on

and

the

least

types

terms

of
and

responsibilities of each c h a n n e l member.

Types of Intermediaries Available

An

organization

could

be

needs to identify the types of intermediaries existing

associated

in

continuing

the

channel.

Channel

merchants, agents, and facilitators. Their roles and

in the market,

intermediaries

are

who

identified

responsibilities are detailed

as

below:

Merchants

Merchants,
the

such as

product,

merchants,

and
how

then
they

as the ownership
sold

wholesalers and
resell the
sell

the

retailers,

product to

stock.

the

below their MRP by wholesalers or big

product,

the end-user.

Variations may

belongs to the merchant.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

buy

ownership

Generally,

occur

For example,

take

in

pricing

many

of

it depends on
and

FMCG

retail supermarkets like Big

discounts

products are
Bazaar.

Page

171

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

Agents

Agents
main

are

brokers

or

responsibility

customers,

they

representatives

is

may

to

search

negotiate

for

the

of

manufacturers

customers.

price

on

or

During

behalf of the

sales

their

agents.

Their

interaction

manufacturer

with

but

they

do not take the ownership of goods.

Facilitators

Facilitators

(also

distribution

process.

process,
sales

called

they do

and

as

support

members)

are

A l t h o u g h facilitators lend

not

purchase

take the ownership


terms

on

behalf

a supporting

of goods.

of

the

channel

members
hand

assist

in

in the distribution

Facilitators do

organization.

who

They

not
are

negotiate on
in

search

of

innovative channels of marketing to reach their target customers.

Number of Intermediaries Needed

Organizations
efficient

working

distribution
explained

have

to

of

decide

the

the

marketing

strategies-exclusive,

number

of

channel.

intermediaries

Organizations

selective,

and

they

decide

intensive

require
based

distribution.

for

on

the

three

These

are

below:

Exclusive Distribution

It

is

strategy

distribution

of

geographical
and

in

which

products

areas

using

high- end

suitable

for

channels

and

become

Intensive

is

company

in
a

gives

selected
single

market

exclusive

regions.

and

selected

but

as

outlet.

It

selected

channels
is

suitable

dealers
cover

for

for

large

high-end

frequently.

introduced

competition

For example,

to

Rolls

in

the

market,

increases,

Royce

sells

its

other

cars

they

are

marketing

only

through

regions.

Distribution

coverage.

products,

channels,

are

right

Exclusive

exclusive

products

necessary.

distribution

product.

luxury

exclusive

exclusive dealers in

It

luxury products, which are not purchased

When

on

followed

Organizations

Intensive
which

strategy,

distribution

are

bought

use
is

by

all

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

mainly

organization,

available

used

frequently.

availability of the product rather t h a n the

an

in

aiming

channels

case

of

Organizations

to

at

maximum

distribute

convenience
mainly

or

focus

FMCG

on

nature of the store.

Page

their

172

the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

For example,
medical

eBook

Parle glucose

stores.

All

FMCG

biscuits are available

companies

follow

the

even

at

a small

intensive

' p a a n ' shop

distribution

and

strategy

to

make their products available at every shelf.

Selective Distribution

In

selective

product.

It

distribution,

is followed

only

few

selected

by an organization

outlets

selling

are

used

to

distribute

durables or shopping

goods,

the
such

as home appliances.

Consumers
to

prefer to

compare

prices

competitors and

Terms and

Before

inquire more and

and

opinions.

Selective

organization

channel
and

and accepted

more t i m e

by

distribution

visiting

strategy

several outlets

is

used

to

limit

to reduce distribution cost to increase profits.

Responsibilities of Channel

taking

spend

members on

responsibilities

Members

board,

there are

of channel

certain

members,

terms and

which

need

to

conditions

be

of an

discussed

with

by a channel member.

The major points of discussion are:

Responsibility of Channel

The

responsibilities

defined

to

avoid

members need

Sales

The

of

Members

channel

conflict.

In

members

addition,

to be communicated

and

the

organization

allocations

of

must

responsibilities

be
for

clearly
channel

properly.

Policy

channel

members

commissions,
exchange,

as

discounts,

and

well
and

replacement

as

the

organization

monthly

of

sales

products

must

quota.

during

the

agree

Terms

the

related

warranty

percentage
to

of

payments,

or guarantee

period

must be clearly defined.

Territory and

specific

channel

Market

territory

or

members are

demarcation

and

reg ion

must

supposed

allocation

be

allocated

to cater to

helps

in

only

to

the

channel

the allocated

preventing

conflicts

members

territory.

Such

between

Page

area

channel

members.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

173

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Step 4:

Channels

Evaluating

After identifying
done based

eBook

Major Alternatives

alternatives,

on the following

Economic criteria

Control criteria

Adaptive criteria

the

next step

is evaluating

those alternatives.

Evaluation

is

three criteria:

Economic Criteria
In

economic criteria,

involved

in

customers.
buy,

the cost

it

should

The

main

not

involved

be

higher

objective

here

in

distribution

than

is

to

the

make

of

products

benefits
the

to

product

is evaluated.

the

The

organization

available

for

cost

and

its

customers

to

at the least possible cost and time.

Many
They

companies
prefer

including

believe

training

that

them

intermediaries.

their

and

sales

making

forces

them

can

sell

efficient

This also reduces cost, which

more

to

do

products

better

is shared

and

sales

services.

rather

than

with the intermediaries.

Control Criteria
Involving

sales

agency

generally

over sales and

distribution,

on

who

customers

understand
control can

the

buy

as

be achieved

control

sales agencies are

bulk

technicalities

creates

quantities.
of

Sales

product

and

problems.

independent
agencies

to

are

handle

Companies
firms.
not

They

lose

mainly

efficient

promotion

control
focus

enough

effectively.

to

More

if less number of intermediaries is involved.

Adaptive Criteria
An adaptive criterion
changing
with

environment of markets.

the

environmental

marketing

the

and

because

member must
of

the

itself to the

be flexible enough

long-term

to adjust

commitments

of

the

Management Decisions

channels

distribution

selecting

changes

A channel

member to familiarize

channel.

8.7 Channel
Managing

refers to the a b i l i t y of a channel

of

channel

evaluating

is the
goods

most
and

members,

important
services.

motivating

task for a company


Managing

channel

channels

members,

because

it directly affects

includes

managing

tasks,

channel

such

conflicts,

channel members.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

as

174

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

8.7.1

Channels

eBook

Selecting Channel

Companies
select

have

them

as

intermediary,

certain

selection

intermediaries.

their

(employees

Members

and

business

criteria

Criteria

differ

background,

warehouse),

through

relevant

as

which

per

financial

they

screen

intermediaries,

capability,

experience,

such

location,

customer

members
as

their

and

type

of

resources

relationships,

market

reputation, etc.

However,

criteria

objectives

of

differ

the

8.7.2 Managing and


is

motivate their
restricted

to

intermediaries

one

A marketer

the

employees

for

depending

on

intermediaries

well.

key
to

Individual Channel

aspects

increase

alone.

Such

in

the

channel

through

trade

work

Organizations

efficiency.

organization

motivations

Members

organizations.

their

An

first

understand

his

or

their business outlook,

of channel

members surely results in

There

certain

are

hunt

and

help

an

However,

must

professionally

motivation

constantly

organization

is

not

motivate

to

achieve

their

needs

its

long-term

its intermediaries.

must

t h e i r perception,

company

Marketers

Motivating

of

as

to

management firms, and advertisements.

employees

success through

company

organization.

associations' database,

Motivation

from

ways

of

her channel
and

the

members,

business

practices they

and

use.

wants,

Motivation

improved q u a l i t y of work.

motivating

channel

members;

some

of

them

are

discussed

below:

Partnership Technique
In

partnership

channel

partners.

objectives,
done

to

technique,

and

avoid

organizations

They get

the task to
conflict

consider

their

into a m u t u a l

agreement,

be

along

performed

between

the

with

organization

channel

members

which defines

its

channel

their

the goals,

the companies'

and

as

policies.

the
It

members,

is
to

carryout work in a successful manner.

Many

organizations

communicate
coordinating

with

implement
their

sales, service,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Partner

partners

in

promotions, and

Relationship
valuable

Management

manner.

It

also

(PRM)
helps

customer database.

Page

175

to
in

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

The

Channels

objective

members,

eBook

of such

which

technique

ultimately

is to

builds

make a strong

trust

factor

relationship

and

with

motivates

the

the channel
member

to

provide superior value to the end-user of the product.

Reasonable Discounts and Commissions


Discounts and
percentage
strong,

commissions are the m a i n motivating

of discounts

and

providing

provided

to

the

channel

commissions on achieving

factors for intermediaries.

member
certain

makes

its

profit

sales target

The

margin

motivates the

employees to sell more.

Organizations

also

provide

incentives

achievement or business provided

Channel
An

may

the company and


and

competitor
when

form

a channel

on

also

information,

sales

activities,

and

and

so

certain

that

the c h a n n e l members meet on a common


They

Organizations

profile

kind

member council

grievances.

Training the

working

or

sales

target

by the channel member.

discuss

current

etc.

the views of channel members are taken

are solved

cash

Member Council

organization

views

in

their ideas and

The

management

of

platform to share their

work,

council

the

plans,

industry

becomes

into consideration;

more

and

active

their grievances

proposals are executed effectively.

Members
train

their

channel

performance level.

customers,

after-sales

members

Training
service

on

various

programs

skills

like selling

management,

etc.

to

skills,
are

improve
selling

provided

to

their
high

by

an

organization to its channel members.

Periodic

training

updated

about the current

on

utilizing

relationship
and

is

best

provided

the

organizations

h a p p e n i n g s in the

practices

between

by

to

provide

industry.

superior

the organization and

to

channel

keep
It

the

channel

members

is also done to train them

value

to

members

customers.
is the

key to

Cordial
success

a driving-force in a competitive environment.

Controlling Channel Conflicts


Channel
difference
of

view.

conflicts
in

can

affect

organizational

These

differences

www.itmuniversityonline.org

channel

'goals

and

can

harm

performance.
objectives' and
the

channel

Many
in

channel

times,

there

member's

performance.

is

point

Organizations

Page

176

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

conduct

Channels

formal

eBook

sessions

to

discuss

the

disputes

and

reasons

of

differences

between the organizations and the channel members.

There

are

members,

various

sources

of

conflicts

between

the

organization

and

channel

such as:

Difference

in

marketing objectives related

Organizations

directly

dealing

with

to profitability.

large

customers

without

involving

channel members.
o

Channel members promoting

Difference

of

opinion

on

competitor's products for higher profit m a r g i n .

market

conditions

and

stocking

of

goods

by

the

channel members.
o

Differences over commissions and

Conflicts

of

territories,

which

discounts.

lead

to

internal

competition

between

channel

members.

8.7.3

Evaluating Channel

Organizations

evaluate

members

do

put

in

who

efforts

efforts,

if

to

not

termination,

the

channel

perform

motivate

channel

Members

the

members

well

are

channel
do

organization

replace the terminated

members'

not

performance

initially

counseled

members
perform

searches

for

from

again.

well,

another

and

Even

then

time

to

time.

re-trained.
after

they

competent

Channel

Organizations

contributing

are

certain

terminated.

channel

member

member.

A channel member is evaluated on the following

Sales achieved

by the channel member vs.

Customer delivery time

Ability to resolve customer complaints

Market feed back

Increase in

standards:
sales quota

new customer base

www.itmuniversityonline.org

After

Page

177

to

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

eBook

8 . 8 Marketing Logistics a n d Supply C h a i n

Management

According

defined

to

Philip

implementing,
related

and

marketing

Kotler,

controlling

information

from

the

points

logistics

physical

of

origin

flow
to

is

of

as,

materials,

points

of

"Planning,

final

goods,

consumption

to

and

meet

customer requirements at a profit."

Marketing
delivering,

logistics
and

its customers.

is also

known

controlling

as

physical

distribution

the 'flow of goods',

'marketing

of goods.

It

materials',

involves

and

Organizations feel that u n i q u e competitive advantage can

planning,

'information' to
be created

with

the efficient use of market logistics.

Organizations are focusing


achieve

great

customers

more on

competitive

with

the

help

logistics for various

advantage

of improved

by

providing

logistics.

reasons.

low

Second,

logistics

Management

upgrades

its

{TQM),

will

it

processes
play

using

key

in

good

and

service

to

customers can

logistics.

Just-in-Time

role

organizations can

and

organization

both save huge costs with the implementation of improved

As

prices

First,

creating

(JIT)

and

competitive

Total

Quality

advantage

for

organizations in terms of excellent product delivery.

Marketing

logistics involves:

Outbound

Outbound

distribution

movement
Outbound

Inbound

It

is

one

incoming

of

is

goods

distribution

packaging,

Distribution

related

from

to

the

production

inc ludes dispatch

labeling, and

distribution
units

to

of

finished

distributors

management,

goods.
or

to

It

involves

end-users.

quality assurance,

shipping,

loading.

Distribution

of the

key

of goods

storage

plant.

finished

goods.

This

areas

(mainly

of

raw

material

www.itmuniversityonline.org

logistic

is

process.

material)
further

from

used

in

Inbound

logistics

suppliers to
the

the

production

is

related

production
process

to

Page

to

the

unit

or

produce

178

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

Channels

Reverse Distribution

Reverse

logistics

to a producer.
Goods are
for

is

returned

repairs

impact

analyzed.
get

of

related

or

if they

on

to

upstream
related

and

damaged

For

logistics

this analysis,

Philip

is returning

from

of goods that were

or unwanted.

example,

a customer or

recalling

They

of

can

cars

reseller

previously sold.

also

by

be

returned

certain

car

rectify some technical fault.

better performance and

According

are

recycling.

marketing

Based

to the movement of goods

Reverse distribution

manufacturer to

The

eBook

the

channel

operations

planning

supply

downstream

chain

the

members

must

be

implemented

to

the c h a n n e l .

flows

suppliers,

channel

be done and

management

value-added

among

of

should

proper coordination from

Kotler,

information

on

of

is

defined

materials,

company,

as,

"Managing

final

goods,

resellers

and

and
final

consumers."

S u p p l y chain
delivery
channel

management

concentrates

network of goods and


objectives,

which

services.

are

mainly

on

improving

It is implemented

on-time

delivery,

the flow

of goods and

the

by the organization to achieve

improved

profitability,

and

reduced

costs.

Supply

chain

organization

management
tries

hard

to

refers

to

the

implement

distribution

best

supply

process

chain

of the

practices

organization.

to

reduce

cost

Every

as well

as time of delivery.

Major Logistic

Functions

Major logistic functions include:

Warehousing

Production

and

organizations

need

warehouses to
goods

store

the

occurs

their

at

goods

available as

discrepancies

in

different

until
per

they

the

'required

time

are

demand

intervals.

sold.

Goods

are

of customers.

quantity'

Therefore,

and

'timing'

and

the

stored

in

Storage

of

and

makes

products are available at the time of purchase.

Organizations
warehouse.
storing

to

make them

eliminates

sure that

consumption

need

to

decide

Most organizations

their

goods.

If

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

on

the

use

goods

type

of

warehouse

location

storage warehouses or distribution

are

stored

for

moderate

to

long

of

the

centers for

periods,

Page

179

then

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing Channels

eBook

storage warehouses
moved

Distribution

from one place to another,

Warehouses
makes
year.

are used.

it

need

to

possible

Some

throughout

for

goods
the

be

product

year,

friendly,
to

manufactured
so

to

when

goods are to

be

rather than storage purpose.

organizations

are

centers are used

cope

so

stock

out

their

carry
in

up

that

the

not

spoilt.

production

particular

with

is

season

demand,

Warehousing

throughout

but

are

in

warehousing

the

demand
facility

is

usage

in

desirable by organizations.

Inventory Management

The

handling

production
goods.

It

finished

is

controlling

known

may

as

be a raw

to

record

is

tied

one
up

make

of the

with

of

goods,

management.

material,

which

assets

the

to

Time (JIT) and

used

be used

organization.

Mismanagement

Inventory

material

by

storage,

Inventory

It

of

for

and

is actually

processing,

companies

for

also

signifies

inventories

management

sure that goods are available when

strategies

its

the
or

stock of

it may

be

in the market.

of an

stock.

is

of accomplishment of the movement and

Common

source

inventory

losses for an organization.


plan

of

goods, which are to be sold

Inventory
that

is

and

the

results

includes developing

they are

investment

required

in

financial

a purchase

and

keeping

usage of goods.

inventory

management

are

Just-In

requirement p l a n n i n g .

Transportation

Organizations
physical

consider

distribution

of

transportation
goods.

It

is

as

the

the

most

source

of

important

distribution

cost
of

center

goods

in

the

from

the

production u n i t to the end-user.

Transportation
is

mainly

includes

responsible

both

for

inbound

the

as

delivery

well

as outbound

performance

movement of goods.

of goods

and

the

condition

It
in

which they arrive.

Transportation

also

also

while

calculated

transport,

affects

the

deciding

organizations

www.itmuniversityonline.org

pricing

the

evaluate

price
every

of

products,

of a

as

product.

available

the

While

mode

to

transportation
deciding
fulfill

the

cost

is

mode

of

objective

of

the

Page

180

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing

excellent
railways,

Channels

delivery

eBook

system

helps

in

information
smooth

Information
partners

reasonable

cost.

Transportation

modes

include

roadways, airways, and waterways.

Logistics Information

Logistics

at

system

functioning

systems

play

Management

key

help
role

by

is
of

part

of

logistics

an
and

organizations
sharing

organization's
decision

manage

information

making

their

so

information

that

for

supply
better

system.

logistic
chains.

It

system.
Channel

logistics decisions

can be taken.

Information, such as customer transactions,


and

customer

data

logistics point of view.

are

strongly

billing,

connected

to

shipment and
channel

inventory levels,

performance,

S i m p le , accurate, and accessible information

the organization so that

www.itmuniversityonline.org

it can capture,

from

is preferred

process, and share channel information.

Page 1 8 1

a
by

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

08.

Marketing Channels

eBook

8 . 9 Chapter S u m m a r y

Distribution

channel

is

concerned

the place of production to the

channel

flow

manufacturer
flow, and

to

movement

of goods

and

services from

place of consumption.

pipeline

consumer.

the

through

Physical

which

flow,

title

goods
flow,

or

services

payment

flow,

flow

from

information

promotion flow are types of channel flow.

Levels of channel
channel ,

is

with

and

conflict;

are classified

as zero-level c h a n n e l ,

three-level channel.

merchant

and

Horizontal and

agent

one-level

vertical are

intermediaries

are

two

channel,

two-level

two forms of channel


forms

of

marketing

intermediaries.

There

are

Horizontal

three

types

Marketing

of

channel

System

systems-Vertical

(HMS),

and

Multichannel

Channel design decision has the following


1.

Analyze customer needs

2.

Establish channel objectives

3.

Identify major channel alternatives

4.

Evaluate major channel alternatives

Marketing
physical

logistics

flow

of

is

defined

goods,

and

as

System

(VMS),

Distribution System.

four steps:

planning,

related

Marketing

implementing,

information

from

and

points

of

controlling
origin

to

the
meet

customer requirements at a profit.

Major

logistics

transportation, and

functions

include

warehousing,

inventory

management,

logistics information management.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 182

Integrated
Marketing
Communications

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

Marketing Communications

eBook

9 . 1 Introduction
Marketing

is m u c h more than just developing a product,

product available for use.


the

people

target

who

audience,

organizations
said.

are

In

modern

strongly

the

associated

stakeholders,

wonder what

to

marketing,

say,

with

internal
when

pricing a product, and

organizations try to communicate with

them.

Such

employees,

to

making a

say,

how

people

and

often

Due to competition, many organizations strive hard

the
and

mainly
general
to

whom

comprise
public.
it

the

Many

should

be

to attain customers' attention,

making communication very difficult.

Consumers actively participate in the communication

process,

know

what

what

should

use

type
to

of communication

spread

the

message

is

preferred

about

and

the

product.

which

type
For

helps organizations

of communication

effective

communication,

organizations use a blend of various types of communication.

After reading this chapter, you will be able to:

Define integrated marketing communication

O u t l i n e the communication

E x p l a i n marketing

E x p l a i n the steps in developing effective communications

process

communication mix

www.itmuniversityonline.org

they

Page

184

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Marketing

9.2 Meaning and


Integrated

Marketing

integrating

all

making

people

Organizations
reach

the

their

consistent,

marketing

invest

and

effective

According

American

to

IMC

(IMC)

of

the

of
is

message

Marketing

is

or

money

in

integrated
to

concept

communication.

products

amount

audience.

services.

tools

about

huge

products and

eBook

Definition

Communications

aware

target

Communications

its

It

is

services
print

very

target

Association,

of

way

that

and

an

of

audience

so

aims

informing

at

and
sells.

advertisements

as

to

about

planning

that

organization

electronic

carefully

"A

marketing

deliver

the

clear,

organization's

process

assure that all brand contacts received by a customer or prospect

to

designed

to

for a product,

service, or organization are relevant to that person and consistent over time."

According

to

marketing

American

communications

comprehensive
communication
sales

Association

plan

planning

that

and

public

provide clarity, consistency and

purpose

of

response of the

integrating

target audience.

the target audience and

Right

communication

should

be

the

clear,

the

example,

strategic

general

precise,

key
and

working of the communication

www.itmuniversityonline.org

added

roles

of

advertising,

combines

concept
value

of

variety

direct

these

of
a
of

response,

disciplines

to

Process

marketing

The desired

to

the

"A

maximum communications impact."

communications
response

by designing a coordinated

is the

Agencies,

recognizes

relations-and

9.3 A View of C o m m u n i c a t i o n
The

Advertising

that

evaluates

disciplines-for

promotion,

of

effective

is

achieved

to

gain

mainly

the
by

desired

identifying

and effective promotional strategy.

promotional

understandable.

is

strategies.

Marketers

must

The communication

first

understand

process.

Page

185

the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Marketing

Communication

Communications

process is explained

eBook

with the help of a d i a g r a m .

KiiUtMM .. liH+HUIi ..

lM+HUIi .. IBiiVi@E

.....

.. lfrMI ..
I

- - - -IEi+Bil_. - Sender's field

Receiver's field

of experience

of experience

Fig. g.Ja:
Source:

Philip

Management:

Kotler,

parties,

the

decoding,
process.

Armstrong,

process

tools, and

process,

Gary

Elements in the Communication Process


Prafulla

A South Asian Perspective,

Communication

message

Noise

communication

is

consists

functions.

response,

and

and

the

- - - l;iM+Hil-----

Pearson,

of

Agnihotri,

the

nine

media

elements.

element

process is explained

act

are
in

Ehsan

ul

Haque,

Pnncrples

of

Marketing

13th Edition.

The sender and

feedback

final

Y.

elements

are

the receiver are the two main

as

the

the

These

main
four

communication

main

functions

communication

in detail

tools.

of

system.

the

divided

into

parties in the

The

encoding,

communication

Each

element

of the

below.

Sender
The
in

sender is a

his or

want

to

her

party who

intention

target and

sends

information

of communication.

the

kind

of

response

to

the other

Senders must
they want

party.

know

from

A sender

must

be clear

the type of audience they

them;

and

accordingly

encode

the message for their target audience.

Encoding
Encoding
tag lines,

means
which

information

to

converting

signify
be

the

information

idea

converted

into

or concept.
and

on

the

message

Encoding

is

receiver's

with

done

the

mainly

knowledge

help
by
of

of

symbols

deciding

on

interpreting

information.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

186

or
the
the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

Marketing Communications

eBook

Message

It

is

a set of information

easily

under st andable.

that a sender wants

message

to

send.

must

be

which

helps to

The

effective

message

enough

so

must

that

it

be

clear and

motivates

the

customer to buy the product.

Media

Media
the

is a communication channel,

receiver.

Television,

communication,

radio,

newspapers,

pass the message from

magazines,

Internet,

etc.

the sender to

are

channels

of

which carry the message of the sender and deliver it to the receiver.

Decoding

Decoding
and

is

process

of

receiver decodes

meaning

understanding

it

according

to the message according

to

the

the

message.

receiver's

sender

encodes

understanding.

to the knowledge and

the

message

receiver gives

beliefs the receiver possesses.

Receiver

Receiver

is

according

to

respond

to

person
his

who

or

the

her

receives

the

knowledge.

message.

The

message.

The

The

receiver

feelings

and

is

receiver
likely

ideas

of

interprets

to

the

listen,

the

message

understand,

receiver

influence

and
their

understanding of the message.

Response

The

action

product,

of a

buying

person,
a

after

product,

receiving

using

it,

the

message,

suggesting

it

to

is

known

other

as

response.

people,

etc.

all

Liking

come

the

under

response.

Feedback

The

response of a receiver through which a sender gets an

quality

of a

important
complaint,

message

element

is

referred

of the

criticism,

to

as

feedback.

communication

protest,

etc.,

or

it

It

process.

could

be

is

idea about effectiveness and

believed

that

Feedback could
positive,

such

feedback

be

as

is

negative,

very

such

compliment,

as

praise,

etc.

Noise

The

interruption

distracts

the

or

disturbance

receiver's

misunderstanding

of

the

in

attention
message

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

communication

while
by

the

receiving
receiver.

process

the
For

is

message.

example,

known
It

while

as

can

noise.
result

listening

Page

to

187

It
in
the

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

there

Marketing

radio,

if

is

loss

signal

is considered

as

of

Communications

signal

and

person

eBook

misses

noise in the communication

the

advertisement,

that

loss

of

prospects

to

process.

9.4 Marketing Communications Mix


Marketing
buy

their

c o m m u n i ca t i o n s
products.

relationships with
usage,

With
the

help

Marketing

marketers

convince

communication

its customers.

It

is used

to

helps
make

their
an

customers

organization

and

build

people aware about

and

the

maintain

product,

its

its existence, etc.

advancements

marketer

and

in

the

technology
customer

and

has

wide

been

usage

of Internet,

extremely

easy

communication

and

fast.

It

between

bridges

the

gap

between the marketer and the consumer.

Some

elements

of

marketing

communication

mix

are

explained

with

the

help

of

diagram:

Integrated Marketing Communications

Personal

Sales

Public

Direct

selling

promotion

relations

marketing

Advertising

Fig. 9.4a:

Integrated

Marketing Communications

Advertising

According

to

presentation

Philip
and

Kotler,

promotion

advertising
of

ideas,

is,

"Any

goods,

paid
or

form

services

of

by

nonpersonal
an

identified

sponsor."

Advertising
and

is

one

advertisement

organization
television,

wants

radio,

of
is
to

the

important

modes

misunderstood.
pass

to

its

communication.

Advertising

target

newspapers, magazines,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

of

audience.

consists

of

Advertising

Many

times,

information,
can

be

marketing
which

done

through

Internet, etc.

Page

an

188

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Marketing

Communications

eBook

Personal Selling
As

the

name

se l l i n g could

suggests,

personal

be for giving

business-to-business

is

meeting

the

presentations on a product,

prospect or for convincing


in

selling

for solving

the customer to buy a product.

processes or

industrial

customers

goods

personally.

doubts and

Personal selling

because

it

Personal

queries of a

is mainly done

requires extra

effort to

convince the buyer to buy such goods.

Sales Promotion
Sales

promotion

customer.
such

as

To

comprises

promote

distributing

small

sales,

free

incentives to

organizations generally

gifts,

money-off coupons,

promotion activities are conducted

Sales

promotion

activities

motivate the

are

in shopping

mainly

sometimes organizations conduct such


is done to motivate the channel

conduct

product

malls d u r i n g

conducted

purchase

for

sales

of a

product

promotion

samples,

etc.

by

activities,

Usually,

sales

festive season.

end-users

of

product,

but

activities for t h e i r channel members as well.

This

members for the promotion of their product only.

Public Relations
Public

relation

employees,
concerned
publicity
public

is

an

organization's

suppliers,
with

the

through

about

an

communication

stakeholders,

image

public

of

the

relations.

organization's

government

organization.
For

its

people,

employees,

and

Organizations

example,

project

with

when

kick-off,

the

such

general

do

not

newspaper

newspaper

as

customers,
public.

It

is

pay

for

getting

informs

the

general

does

not

receive

any

monetary g a i n s from the organization.

Direct Marketing
Direct
use

of

aimed

marketing
direct
at

customized
in b u i l d i n g

is

mail,

an

catalogs,

specific

according
a good

interaction

person.
to

between

promotion
Therefore,

an

calls,
the

the type of customer.

organization
online

and

its

marketing,

message

can

be

Direct marketing

is

customers

etc.

The

quickly

with

message
drafted

interactive and

relationship with customers.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

Page

189

is

and
helps

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Marketing

9 . 5 Developing
Marketers

believe

Organizations

eBook

Effective C o m m u n i c a t i o n s

that

invest

Communications

effective

communication

is

billions of rupees for developing

the

key

effective

to

product

success.

communication

to

reach

their target audience.

The steps in developing an effective communication channel are discussed

Step

The

1:

Identifying the Target Audience

process of identifying

target

below.

audience.

decision,

and

the target audience

Current

the

people

users,

starts with clarity

prospective

influencing

the

customers,

buying

decision

in

mind,

people

are

regarding

taking

considered

the

as

the

buying

the

target

a u d i e n c e . They can also be special public, groups, general public or i n d i v i d u a l s .

Target audience greatly affects the organization's decision on what should

be said,

it should

it. The target

be said, when and where it should

audience should

also

be segmented

be said, and who w i l l be saying

in terms of their product usage and

brand

how

loyalty

communication strategy could differ on the basis of segmentation.

Step 2:

After

Determining the Communication Objectives

identifying

objectives;

the

which

target

are

audience,

decided

on

the

the

next

basis

of

Marketers mainly desire a purchase response;


is

step
the

is

determining

response

that

the
a

communication

marketer

but getting a purchase response

desires.
instantly

rare.

There

are

six

buyer-readiness

stages

purchase decision. The marketer should

through

which

buyer

passes

while

making

know the current stage of the prospect and then

frame the communication objectives accordingly.

The six buyer-readiness stages include:

Awareness

The target audience might


or

only

few

things

be unaware of the product,

about

the

product.

Therefore,

marketer is to create awareness about the product.


shampoo,
marketers

which
make

is

being

people

distributed

aware

about

as

free

the

the

know o n l y the name

very

first

step

in

through
detail

newspapers,

because

helps

people get

chance to use the product.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

for

For example, a new variant of

sachets

product

might

Page

190

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

Marketing Communications

eBook

Knowledge

After spreading
know

about

stage.
and

the awareness of the product,

the

product.

Therefore,

For example, after using

disadvantages

of

the

the

marketers are confident that

target

the shampoo,

product.

They

audience

is

now

consumers w i l l

will

also

at

the

people

knowledge

know the advantages

ascertain

if

the

shampoo

is

suitable for their hair or not.

Liking

After

providing

buyers
the

to the

product,

favorable

knowledge

about

stage of l i k i n g .
with

about

the

help

that

the

Hence,

of

product.

product,

a marketer

brand

For

the

marketer

provides

ambassador,

example,

so

informing

wants

more

that

move

information

the

about

to

about

consumer

ingredients

the

feels

in

the

shampoo, tips for usage, etc.

Preference
This

is a

product

stage
over

where

other

brands.

shampoo after using


bottle,
to th at

while

a consumer
For

its sachet,

ignoring

is

favorable

example,

when

he or she w i l l

other shampoo

about

brands.

the

product

consumer

likes

purchase the same


Here,

particular shampoo while making a buying

and

prefers
a

the

particular

brand's shampoo

the consumer gives

preference

decision.

Conviction

Conviction
them.

the

Marketers

about the

is

stage
use

where

the

effective

customers

promotion

believe

mix

tools

that
to

the

product

generate

is

best

positive

for

feelings

product.

Purchase

In this stage,
believed

that

product.

the consumer takes the final decision of purchasing


only

communication

product

should

also

cannot

provide

stimulate

high

value

the
to

the product.

customers

customers

to

to

It is

buy

make

the
their

buying decision easier.

Step 3:

After

Designing a Message

determining

effective
Action

the

message.

(AIDA)

communication

The

model

in

message
mind.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

is

The

objectives,

designed

AIDA

the

marketer focuses

keeping

model

puts

Attention,

forward

on

Interest,

desirable

designing
Desire,

traits

Page

of

191

an
and

good

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

message.

Marketing

While

designing

Communications

content of the message) and

message,

the

eBook

marketer

must

decide

what

to

say

(the

how to say (the structure and the format of the message).

Message Content
To get the desired
will

help

response, a marketer has to find

in generating

the desired

out a theme or a type of appeal that

response from the target audience.

There are three types of appeals, they are:

Emotional appeals
The

marketer

guilt.

Emotional

that

motivate

attention and

uses

emotional

appeals
a

are

used

purchase.

build

appeals,

It

is

as

love,

stimulate

believed

the

that

joy,

and

positive

or

emotional

humor to
negative

appeals

fear

and

emotions

draw

more

u p more confidence in the brand.

Moral appeals
Moral appeals are mainly used

instance

to

such

safe

driving,

cleaner

to

insist people to

environment,

lend

a hand

for social causes,

for

etc.

Social appeals
Social

appeals are

encouraging
are

used

labor,

used

to

bring

in

a social cause for the

for a social

cause,

behavioral

in

the

betterment of the society.

like eradication

stop cruelty to animals,

change

of AIDS

and

target

audience

by

Many advertisements

polio,

prevention

three

message

of child

etc.

Message Structure
While designing
issues.

The

first

message,

issue

is

to

marketer

describe

suggests that marketers are

should

also

a conclusion

overcome

or

more affluent in asking

leave

it

to

the

questions and

audience.

structure
Research

allow the audience to

reach their own conclusions.

The

second

issue

is whether to

present

the strongest arguments first could

The

third

product
its

issue

(that

limitations

is

in

message

one-sided

(that

get strong

structure

argument)

is two-sided

the strongest arguments first or last.

is

attention.

whether

or to

argument).

Presenting

to

mention

present
the

only

product's

Usually while selling

the

strengths

strengths

a product,

of

along

with

a one-sided

argument is most preferred.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

the

Page 192

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

Marketing Communications

eBook

Message Format

For

designing

instance,

while

message,
making

the
print

headlines, attention-grabbing

While

designing

choose

the

television
Thus,

the

words,

message
the

designing

communicator

advertisement,

pictures, and

for a

sounds,

advertisements,

while

marketing

radio

and

then

the

all

effective

the

the

needs

marketers

strong

should

format.

decide

For

on

the

color.

advertisement,
voices.
above

If

the

the

message

elements

communication,

the

marketers
is

should

to

be

marketers

should
be

carefully

designed

carefully

must

for

planned.

consider

every

important detail carefully.

Step 4: Selecting

The

next

step

communication

Media Channels

is

selecting

channels,

channels

namely,

of

communication.

personal

There

communication

are

channels

two

and

types

of

non-personal

communication channels.

Personal Communication Channels

Personal

communication

through
chat.

face-to-face,

Personal

channels

allow

two

over-the-telephone,

communications

are

or

more

people

to

person-to-audience,

successful

because

they

communicate

and

allow

through
personal

directly

e-mail

or

addressing

and feed back.

Certain

personal communication channels are directly controlled

example,
personal
are

not

salespeople of the company contact the target


communications
directly

(family

regarding

controlled

members,

friends,

by

the

and

the

product

reach

organization.

neighbors),

buyers in
buyers

This

by the organization.

through

channel

consumer

the market.

advocates,

But other

channels,

includes
and

For

which

social

factors

online

buying

guides.

In

the

personal

affecting

the

expensive,

communication

buying

and

attitudes

infrequently

customer reviews on

Positive
faster.
aware

days,

about the

of

people.

purchased

word-of-mouth

Word-of-mouth

products.

For

plays

has

an

more

instance,

important

weightage

consider the

role

for

in

risky,

potential

of

Flipkart.com or tripadvisor.com.

word-of-mouth

These

channel,

moves

fast;

organizations

new

product

www.itmuniversityonline.org

in

do

whereas
not

try

the market;

to

negative
reach

word-of-mouth

millions

they just try

to

of

people,

reach

moves

even

making

them

thousands of people

Page

193

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

in

an

effective

Marketing Communications

way

and

these

thousand

eBook

people,

in

turn,

help

the

organization

reach

m i l l i o n s of people.

Usually,

people

decorators,

ask

financial

suggestions,

they

ambassador

for

working

suggestions from
consultants,

act

on

their

them.

other

doctors,

people for
lawyers,

Organizations

product,

so

that

the

take

hotels,
hotels,

etc.

certain

personal

insurance agents,
If

steps,

people
like

communication

interior

believe

hiring

in

brand

channel

starts

for them.

Non-personal Communication Channels

Non-personal
feedback or

includes

communication

personal

mass

channels

contact.

media,

sales

that

promotions,

public

spread

at

relations,

messages

more than

exhibitions

one

with

person.

and

no

This

events,

and

below:

Mass Media
Mass

media

and

newspapers);

(television
and

channels

These channels are aimed

experiences. These are explained

are

comprises

and

network

radio);

display media

various

forms

of

m ed i a

electronic

(posters and

media,

such

(satellite,

and

media

(audiotape,

as

print

media

cable);

(magazines

broadcast

videotape,

and

Web

media
page);

billboards).

Sales Promotions

Sales promotions consist of product promotions (free samples and


promotions

(display

allowances

and

advertisements);

and

coupons);

sales-force

trade

promotions

(contest for sales representatives).

Public Relations

Public

relations

Within

the

of

organization,

organization;
and

consist

it

is

communications

it

directed

is

directed

towards

within

towards

consumers,

and

the

outside

employees

stakeholders,

the
and

organization.
outside

associates,

the

media,

the government.

Exhibitions
Examples
lifestyle

of

and

endorsing

exhibitions
machinery

are

trade

exhibitions,

shows,
etc.

property

Such

shows,

exhibitions

auto

play

exhibitions,
key

role

business-to-business products.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

194

in

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

Marketing Communications

Events and

Events and

eBook

Experiences

experiences consist of cause events, entertainment,

sports events, and

activities, which are informal and create new interactions with the target audience.

Step S:

Establish the

Setting
takes.

the

marketing

Here,

you

will

This

promotional

There

is

used

by

activities.

It

is

are

the

one

of

the

toughest

how a company

decisions

decides on

its

that

an

organization

promotion

budget of advertising are explained

budget.

The

below.

small
starts
the

organizations
with

total

that

have

revenues,

remaining a m o u n t .

limited

deducting

Some

amount

operating

to

invest

expenses

in

from

percentage of the final amount

is

promotions.

certain

shortcomings

promotional activities on
it

about

the total

capital outlay from

spent on

is

Method

method

it and

budget

learn

four methods of setting

Affordable

Budget

most

sales.

important

in

this

method

Promotion

factor

for

the

as

it

is considered
success

of

totally

ignores

to be of least

firm.

This

the

effect

of

priority even when

method

often

causes

under-spending on promotional activities.

Percentage-of-sales Method

In

percentage-of-sales

percentage
various

method,

of forecasted

advantages

as

it

sales
is

promotion s p e n d i n g ,

selling

However,

certain

there

availability
complex

of

are

funds

rather

organizations
and

easy

method,

spent

on

there

is

no

advertisement;

it

use

price, and

than

and

in

done

The

assists

to

this

opportunities.

promotion

budget

percentage-of-sales

in

finding

the

at

certain

method

relationship

method.
In

this

It

is

followed

method,

or

calculation

considering

the

on

deciding

competitor's

on

long-term

budget d u e to year-on-year sales.

specification
is

sales.

their

has

between

profit per unit.

limitations

because of the variation

sales

to

current

set

In

the

basis

of

planning

is

percentage-of

percentage

spending

power

to

be

or

by

following the legacy.

Competitive-parity

In

competitive-parity

spending

power.

advertising

Method

method,
marketer

promotion
observes

budgets
the

are

set

competitor's

by

matching

the competitor's

advertisements

or

expenditure estimations of the industry t h r o u g h secondary sources,

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

gets
and

195

the
then

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

sets

the

there

Marketing

company's

promotion

method

organization
setting

It

is

accordingly.

This

method

is

rarely

used

because

Method

considered

sets

its

the budget

budget

to

be

on

2)

Deciding the tasks required

3)

Calculating

Deciding on
marketing

promotion

of the

budget

purpose

of

setting

promotion.

method.
The

The

method

of

all

tool

same industry.

to achieve the objectives

the approximate cost of performing

method

for calculating

it is difficult to find

combining

logical

the promotional objectives

is the most complex

Integrated

basis

most

involves:

Defining

Step 6:

the

the

1)

this method,

by

budget

eBook

is no justification on the authenticity of this method.

Objective-and-task
This

Communications

Each

promotional
use.

budgets.

Moreover,

while using

objectives.

Mix

communications

it w i l l

promotion

tasks.

out the task that will achieve the defined

Promotion

the

the determined

imply that the

tools.

Promotion

promotion tool

promotion

Organizations

mix

must

varies according

is explained

in detail

to

mix should

determine

be designed

what

organizations,

blend

even

in

of
the

below.

Advertising
Advertising

is

very

useful

in

reaching

example, advertisements on television


so that the message gets registered

masses

that

are

expressive

organization
visuals,
building

to

print,
a

market
sound,

good

its

in the minds of consumers.

color.

image

sales.

advertising

products

and

long-term

generating

nature,

in

For

of

geographically.

reaches audiences worldwide and

one of the best ways for an organization that wants to

Being

scattered

with

Advertising
the

product

example,

launch

used

as
of

Television advertising

is

the

usage

is

it gets repeated

reach the masses.

allows

effective

For

for

well

new

of

as

soft

d r i n k variant by Pepsi.

Advertising
company

has some

limitations.

salespersons.

promotional

tool.

Target

one-way communication

It

lacks the

Advertising
audiences

is

personalization

considered

rarely

pay

as

attention

the
or

element that
most

respond,

is fulfilled

expensive

form

considering

it

process.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page

by

196

as

of
a

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Marketing

Communications

eBook

Personal Selling
As

the

and

name

seller.

Personal

suggests,

Personal

selling

customers.

In

is

personal

selling

plays

mainly

personal

selling
a

selling,

it helps in selling

key

responsible

role

for

interaction

in

some

developing

a salesperson

customer feel confident while buying


products;

is direct

must

a product.

as well as g i v i n g

stages
a

be

between
of

strong

two

the

people,

buying

Personal

selling

process.

relationship

sufficiently effective

to

buyer

with

the

make the

is very effective for new

a demonstration on

product usage.

Sales Promotions

People witness free distribution of product samples,


These
the

activities

attention

come

of

under

sales

consumers

decision gets q u i c k t h r o u g h

by

promotion.

offering

sales

free coupons,

A sales

purchase

promotion,

but

product contests,

promotion

incentives

tool

to

is

used

buyers.

to

attract

The

its effects are still short-term

etc.

buying

in

nature

because it cannot be repeated frequently like advertisements or personal s e l l i n g .

P u b l i c Relations
People

have

relations.
message

Information
is

sent

relations could
relations

tendency

are

salespeople.

in

be

to

trust

passed

the

form

economical

mainly

used

It is also used

realistic

through
of

public

information

and
for

things,

effective
people

which

relations,
and

if

who

not

used

provided

makes

in

with

stay

is

mainly

people

believe

sales-oriented

other

away

public

in

it.

effort.

Public

tools.

Public

promotional

from

by

advertisements

and

to exaggerate the products of a company.

Direct Marketing
Direct

marketing

public.
the

Telephone

purview

according
designed

Direct

is

to

of

the

at

marketing,

direct

particular

catalogs,

marketing.

customer's

As

person;

direct

direct

mail,

therefore,
online

marketing

understanding.

is

Message

direct

marketing

marketing,

specific,

content

in

it

etc.

can

come

be

direct

is

less

under

customized

marketing

is

qui ckly.

marketing

facilitates

the messages can


end.

aimed

Direct

interaction

be modified

marketing

is

between the consumer and

according

considered

to the response generated

very

effective

for

the organization,
from

developing

the consumer's

strong

customer

relationships.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

Page

197

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Marketing

Word-of-mouth

Word-of-mouth

Communications

Marketing

could

be

in

the

done online as well as offline.


advice from

family

form

people.

is

or friends or go

very

effective

Word-of-mouth

is

of advice,

suggestion,

For example, while buying

the product and are currently using

Word-of-mouth

eBook

fast

online

to

see

information

a product,

reviews

from

or

review.

It

is

you may take some

the

people

who

bought

it.

because

when

it

mainly

works

have

positive

people

on

the

experiences

experiences

but

of other

it

is

faster

when people have negative experiences.

Step 7:

Measure

Results

Organizations invest huge amounts in developing communications.


needs

to

be

accountable

communication

in

strategies,

terms

the

of

revenue

management

and

outcome.

measures

the

So,

After
impact

the management

implementation
of

of

communication

strategies on the target a u d i e n c e .

Target audiences are questioned

on

they

message,

really

remember

from

the

attitudes towards the message.


of

people

buying

the

product,

how many times they saw the message,

Managing

American

number of people

Integrated

Association

Communication

as,

"A

of

regarding

the

message,

points

and

their

A marketer also collects data on the basis of the number

finally the n u m b e r of people suggesting

Step 8:

response

the

Advertising
of

and

preferring

the

product,

and

it to other people.

Marketing

concept

liking

Communications
Agencies

marketing

defines

Integrated

communication

Marketing

planning

that

recognizes the added value of a comprehensive plan."

The

plan

example,
marketer

assesses
sales

all

forms

promotion,

combines

all

forms

of

communication

direct
of

marketing,

to

measure

advertising,

communications

so

that

it

their
and

effectiveness;

public

provides

relations.

consistency

clarity and also helps to know the impact of the message on the target audience.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

for

Page

198

and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09.

Integrated

Coordinating

Coordination
the utmost

Marketing

Communications

Media

of media

happens

among

all forms of communication, that is,

Implementing

many

forms

of communication;

the

complications
who

For example,

but

to

attain

personal as well as non

Eureka Forbes sells its products using

personal selling, advertising, sales promotion, etc.

IMC

implementing

specialists

various

impact, a marketer must use a combination of both

personal channels of communication.

While

eBook

are

integrated

due
rarely

to

marketing

several

familiar

with

reasons.
all

the

communications,
First,
types

big
of

organizations

organizations

communication

hire

tools.

observe
several
Second,

multinational organizations hire number of communication agencies, which are located


other

countries

and

servicing

different

verticals;

this

directly

results

in

dissemination of the product d u e to lack of coordination in communication.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 1 9 9

in

image

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

09. Integrated

Marketing Communications

eBook

9 . 6 Chapter S u m m a r y

Integrated
at

Marketing

integrating

all

the

Communications (IMC)
marketing

tools

is a concept of marketing,

of communication

for

informing

which aims
and

making

people aware about products or services.

Sender,

encoding,

message,

media,

decoding,

noise are elements in the communication

Elements

of

marketing

personal s e l l i n g ,

communication

receiver,

response,

feedback,

process.
mix

are

advertising,

sales

promotion,

p u b l i c relations, and direct marketing.

Steps in developing

effective communication are as follows:

1.

Identifying

2.

Determining

3.

Designing a message

4.

Selecting

5.

Establish the budget

6.

Deciding on

7.

Measure resu Its

8.

Managing

the target audience


the communication objectives

media channel s

promotion mix

integrated

www.itmuniversityonline.org

marketing

and

communications

Page 200

M a r k e t i n g of
Services

I T M

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

1 0 . 1 Introduction
The service sector plays an
as developed
25

to

goods

30

countries.

years

and

marketing

service sector.
or more.

Even

After reading

has

important

The

service

also

achieved

level

in

sector

generated

In many countries,
in

role

of

influencing the growth of developing

has witnessed

huge

exceptional

employment

saturation,

which

opportunities.

turned

the contribution of services

India, the service sector contributes around

this chapter,

you will

growth
The

attention

in their GDP

SO

in

as well
the

growth

towards
is 70

percent of G D P .

Define services

Distinguish

E x p l a i n service marketing

E x p l a i n characteristics and

Discuss the reasons for growth and career opportunities in the service industry

Discuss the ethical

issues

www.itmuniversityonline.org

and

service marketing

mix
nature of services

in

of

the

percent

be able to:

between goods marketing

last

service marketing

Page 202

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing

of Services

eBook

1 0 . 2 Definition of Services
'Service' as a term

is as old

as mankind

and

Few definitions of service are mentioned


According

to

benefits,

or

American

Marketing

satisfactions

which

began with self-service among

below:

Association,

are

humans.

offered

service

for

sale,

is

defined

or

as,

provided

"Activities,

in

connection

with the sale of goods."

Kotler
offer

and
to

define

Bloom

another

ownership

of

that

service
is

anything.

as,

"Any

essentially

Its

activity

or

intangible

production

may

or

benefit

and

may

that one

does

not

be

party

not

result

tied

to

can

in

the

physical

product."

10.3

Difference

between

Goods

Marketing

and

Services

Marketing
The

fundamental

However,

due

to

principles
unique

of

goods

marketing

characteristics

and

of services,

services

marketing

specialized

are

marketing

common.

strategy

is

required.

The

following

table

highlights

differences

between

goods

marketing

and

services

marketing:

Goods Marketing

Goods

are

tangible.

Therefore,

Services Marketing

they

stand

as an evidence to convince customers.

Services

difficult

are
to

convince

Therefore,

customer

service-unless,

company's
accepted

intangible.

and

it

to
is

well-advertised

it

is

buy

widely
in

the

market.
While

selling

the seller and

goods,

connectivity

the customer is very

between

While

selling

limited.

possible

way

services,
to

convince

enables great connectivity


and
When

customer

ownership

of goods

purchases

goods,

gets transferred

to

a seller, and

the

In

the

transferred

case

of

seller

This

between a buyer
new

ownership

relations.
cannot

to the purchaser.

purchaser.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

every

a customer.

helps build

services,

tries

Page 203

be

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

Products

are

eBook

manufactured

on

certain

Standardization
because

standards, which cannot be compromised.

and
Goods are produced

using

raw material.

it

of

services

varies

is

according

not

to

possible

the

choice

preference of people.

Services

are

cannot

intangible;

used.

be

according

to

Services

the

raw

material

are

produced
and

requirements

d e m a n d s of consumers.
Quality

goods

of

because

goods

cannot

once

changed,

be

produced

cannot

be

modified.

Services

can

be

modified;

services are customized.


of

service

can

be

in

fact,

many

Therefore,

improved

from

quality
time

to

time.
Goods

can

be

distributed

channels,

such

as

dealers,

factory

retail

through

outlets,

outlets,

multiple

Services

authorized

different

direct

sales

agents, online s h o p p i n g , etc.

limited.

can

be

distributed

channels,
Very

less

but

or

no

involved.

For example,

ticket,

person

can

the

through

options

are

intermediaries
for

go

booking

to

either

are

a flight
a

travel

agent or book online.


While

selling

goods

departments
marketing)

(such

deal

with

front-end

only
as,

sales

customers

for

and
selling

as well resolving grievances.

Various departments of an organization are


involved

in

customers.

giving
It

also

services,
teams,

Ps

of

a marketing

marketing

consideration.
Place, and

taken

The 4 Ps are:

Product,

setups

and

into
Price,

warehouses

10.Ja:

the

after-sales

designing

Ps

are

of

and

consideration.

7Ps

Promotion,

People, and

Process.

Services do

not

the

telecom
sales

teams,

plan

are:

for services,

are

Product,

Physical

require any

taken

sort

into

Price,

evidence,

of storage

or manufacturing facilities.
.

of

technical departments.

marketing

The

from

support

a marketing

service

in

to

type

interact with

Difference between Goods Marketing and Service

www.itmuniversityonline.org

on

example,

a customer can

In

Place,

to store goods.

Table

for goods,

Promotion.

Manufacturing
required

plan

are

depends

For

customer care,
designing

service

best

service a customer wants to avail


organization.

In

the

Marketing

Page 204

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

1 0 . 4 Services Marketing
While

learning

Mix

basic concepts of marketing,

services marketing,

Ps of marketing

mix are

important,

but

in

7 Ps are important.

The 7Ps of service marketing

are explained

below:

Product
The

product

addition,

and

in

service marketing

service

products

are

cannot

be seen or touched;

immeasurable.

For

it is intangible

example,

services

in

in

nature.

hotels,

In

resorts,

hospitals are products in service marketing.

Price

Pricing
a

price

in

service

of

marketing

service,

consideration.

Then,

the
a

is

more complex

labor

profit

cost,

margin

than

material
is

added

in

cost,
to

product
and

the

marketing.

overhead

total

cost,

cost

which

While
are

d ec i d i n g

taken

decides

the

into
final

price of the service.

Place
In

case

of service

marketing.

marketing,

place

is

altogether

a different

phenomenon

from

product

It decides the location where the service will be so l d .

For

example,

located

in

a quiet

bustle of the city;

the

resort

attract
crowded

is

to

for

Mahindra

place,

and

atmosphere

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Club

away from

because the

provide
their

customers

if

resorts

fresh

guests.
it

were

the

hustle

purpose of

and
It

are

relaxing

would

situated

place.

Page 2 0 5

not
in

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

Promotion

One

of

the

marketing

is

witnessed
An

most

promotion.

huge

organization

competitive

important
The

competition
needs

to

atmosphere

aspects
service

between

promote
and

of

to

service

sector

Phoren Return at

has

organizations.

to

survive

make

in

people

this

9999

aware

hd!Go,

about

its

existence.

Hence,

hotels,

resorts,

I
ndia
'
s

coolest

olr1io&

-e

fk.l!ng obfood

with

cbly

banks,
CY'ld drut fights to BcM,gkok, Dubai Md Singapore from

and

airlines spend

promotions.

huge amounts on

For example,

extensively

in

Indigo

newspapers

and

advertising

Airlines
on

the

Seemoo2011.

and

Wekome abroodl

advertised
Internet

to

make people aware of the lowest fares they offer.

...... .._
People

comprise

stakeholders
the

People

of

key

employees,

of an

customers,

organization.

components

in

Employees

service

.........
...... ..._

and

are

marketing.

---

one

"'-""'be.
. o,,t,oi

They

S,35mn

..... &hs.,pt.

t 9999 fletlxn ftn

S: 15 pn

w.11.'

lstSept..

, 9999 fwl.m kn

1>:SSan

w....

ISlhSept.

t 9999 flm.fn ,...

35-

'"--'

4
: IS pr,

..... l!rdO<t

t 9999 Ren.m hn

21',d Od;
.

t 9999 Rc4.m kn

------ ..-- ..------------

---- ...

have

the

ability

organization.
especially

on

to

influence

Organizations

the

train

growth

their

customer service and

on

of

an

employees,

interpersonal

golndiGo.in

:;o::..-

-o-,

skills to

provide the

best

service

to

their customers.

Process
Process

is

McDonald's
should
Process

be
is

manner

delivers
effective
reflected

in

which

quick

service

service

enough
in

to

service

is

without

provide

delivered

affecting

service

blueprinting

as

because

to

its
per
it

the

customer.

service
the

For

quality.

customer's

describes

the

example,

The

process

expectations.

way

in

which

the

service is to be delivered.

Physical

Physical
and

Evidence

evidence

great

consists

customer

arrangement

in

of tangible

experience.

restaurant,

aspects,

Some

hygiene

which

examples
in

hospitals,

support

are

www.itmuniversityonline.org

providing

ambience

and

Physical evidence also acts as a competitive advantage

in

of

well-dressed

good

resort,
staff

in

service
seating
airlines.

in service marketing.

Page 206

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing

of Services

eBook

1 0 . S Characteristics of Services
Services

have

five

characteristics

that

significantly

affect

the

designing

of

marketing

programs.

I n t a n q l b illt y

Inseparability

Variability

Characteristics of Services

Perishabillty

Lack of Ownership

Fig.

1 0 . S a : Characteristics of Services

Intangibility
A service cannot

be

seen

he or she experiences it.


it.

For example,

feeling

when

rejuvenated.

or touched.

Buyers often

A consumer

is

uncertain

about

the

service

unless

prefer an evidence of a service before they opt for

services of a spa

These experiences

are availed, an
help

i n d i v i d u a l can

buyers form an

see the

results

opinion about the

by

quality of

service, either good or bad.

Inseparability

Services

cannot

be

separated

from

service are done simultaneously.


location.

For

example,

service

provider.

Service quality

McDonald's,

KFC,

and

Production

standards should
Starbucks

and
not

provide

consumption

of

vary according

to

the

same

service

standards worldwide.

Variability

Customers

experience different

For example,
different
service

if

seat,

a customer travels

different

marketing

encourages

an

service

is

meal,

and

considered

organization

to

as
be

in

quality

the

same

different
an

every

airline

hospitality

opportunity

innovative

time

and

by

service

every
from

time,

is

he

different

service

surprises

rendered
or

she

staff.

will

get

with

a
in

Variability
delightful

experiences.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

them.

Variability

organization.

customers

to

Page 207

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

Perishability

Services cannot
cannot

be used

d e p a rt ed .
once.

be

stored.

later.

It

needs

For example,

A movie ticket cannot

to

an

be

utilized

airline

be used

immediately.

ticket cannot

after the movie

An

be used

service

after the flight

is missed;

In short, u n l i k e products, services cannot be stored

unutilized

it can

be used

has
only

for later use.

Lack of Ownership

In

product

However,
the

marketing,

in

case of

ownership

restaurant,

10.6

products

services,

cannot

it is served

be

they

first

are

transferred.

to you,

Implications

are

produced,

first
For

then

purchased

example,

sold,

and

when

and

then
you

finally

c o n s u m ed .

consumed.

order

Therefore,

food

item

in

but it does not belong to you.

of

Service

Characteristics

and

Ways

of

Overcoming Them
The

following

table

displays

service

characteristics,

its

implications,

and

strategies

to

overcome t h e m :

Service
Implication

Marketing Strategy

Characteristic

Intangibility

Services cannot be touched or felt.

So,

As services are intangible,

the q u a l i t y of service cannot be judged

the seller has to

in advance.

communicate its benefits to


convince a customer.

There are many companies and

Therefore, a seller should

professionals who provide similar

first communicate the

services. Therefore, services cannot be

service benefits.

patented or copyrighted.
Most consumers are always
Unlike products, services are promoted

brand conscious. They do

through particular channels.

not prefer to use local or


unbranded goods unless left
with no choice. Therefore, a
company should

brand

its

product and communicate it


wisely to its customers.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 208

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

The best way to sell


services is to add

personalization element.
Sellers should always
maintain good

relationships

with their customers-this


shows personalization.

Sellers should

provide good

q u a l i t y at a reasonable
price.

This will help the

seller penetrate into the


market easily.

Every service has some


tangible element involved
it.

in

A company should

communicate t h i s tangible
element to its customers by
using

graphical or physical

representations.
Inseparability

A service

cannot

provider

because

consumption
time.

be

separated

its

happens

from

production
at

the

its

and
same

As production and
consumption of service

h a p p e n s at the same time,


the service provider should
involve the consumer in the
production

process.

For example, allowing

the

consumer to watch the


making of a food
developing

software by

visiting client's

S u c h a strategy
useful

item,

place, etc.

is very

because a consumer

can observe the making

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 209

of a

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

service and judge the


quality of the service at the
same time.

A consumer often expects


the delivery of a service by
a particular staff.
organization

Hence, an

must be

efficient e n o u g h to deploy
staff requested
consumer and

by the
manage the

other process.

Heterogeneity

Each and

every service and

are different,

its delivery

hence the q u a l i t y of

service is difficult to standardize.

As delivery of service is
very

i m p o rt a n t , careful

selection and

training

personnel should
To give every customer a similar

behavioral

experience,

people involved

heterogeneity needs to be

controlled.

of

be done;

norms for the


in

providing

service must be defined.

More the people involved


providing

in

service, more is

the cost incurred

by the

company to deliver the


service.

Ultimately, the

service gets costly.


human

Hence,

intervention must be

reduced, automated
processes shou Id
encouraged.

be

Common

examples are mobile bill


drop

boxes,

passbook

update machines, etc.

Perishability

Services are non-perishable;

they

Capacity utilization and

cannot be stored. They

to

creativity

www.itmuniversityonline.org

need

be

is very

necessary.

Page 2 1 0

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

consumed

at the same time.

once sold cannot


back.

be returned or taken

For example, services of doctors,

lawyers,
stored

In

Services

beauticians, etc.

cannot be

Effective strategies must be


used

to cope up with the

fluctuating

demands of a

service.

for later use.

service marketing, demand

forecasting

is a major issue for

marketers because of its perishable


nature.

Ownership

Customers can use services,

cannot own them.


bought, then

but they

Services are first

produced, and

A company

needs to stress

on advantages and

finally

of using

benefits

a particular service

consumed.

Ownership cannot be

to a customer.

It also needs

transferred

to a customer.

to communicate the variety


of service offered

by the

company at various levels,


if any.
Table

10.6a:

Implications of Service Characteristics and


Ways of Overcoming Them

1 0 . 7 Reasons for Growth of Services


There are six m a i n

reasons for growth

in the services sector.

Economic Affluence

Economic affluence
group

of consumers

income,

as

well

has created

The

increased

for

with

their

as

demand

demand

carried

is a major factor for the service


and

the

rural

households

expenditure

capacity

for many goods and

personal

improved

services,

standard

luggage themselves,

in

of
but

the
of

sector's growth.

high-income

Indian

The

group

household

is

has

middle-income
increasing.

increased,

which

services.

travel,
living

tourism,

of

people.

now most

entertainment,
For example,

people

prefer to

in

use a

etc.

has

greatly

the

past,

people

porter service to

carry the luggage.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

The

Page 2 1 1

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

Increase in

There
have

is an

Leisure Time

increase

witnessed

getting

eBook

an

in

leisure time

increase

entertained,

etc.,

in

in today's

growth.

which

life.

People

encourages

Therefore,

prefer

growth

to

in

services

spend

the

related

their

tourism

to

time

and

leisure,

travelling,

entertainment

industry.

Apart from t r a v e l l i n g , entertainment, and


education,

training,

has

an

given

and

impetus

skill
to

personal care,

development

educational

people now spend

for themselves as well

services,

soft

skill

as

more time on

their children.

development

institutes,

This
and

kindergarten schools.

Increase in
The

Percentage of Working

percentage of working

women

have

various

opportunities
women

easy

creches,

The

for

and

demands

innovative and

roles

of

to

number

simple.

household

women

is

Women
increasing

perform

of

in

products

Examples

of

rapidly.

their
and

such

Apart from

personal
services

services

lives.

that

are

professional

This

make

health

factor
the

has

created

of

working

life

services,

career,

which

include

domestic help, fitness services, etc.

working

women

are

encouraging

service

organizations

to

be

more

creative in their approach.

Greater Life Expectancy


There

has

been

an

significant growth
audience

increase

in

the

average

life

of

people.

This

has

culminated

in the population of senior citizens. The services catering

have also

increased.

For example,

medical

services,

nursing

in

to this target

services,

financial

services, etc.

Increase in Product Innovations


There are some
invention

of

products that

mobile

phones

indirectly give a boost to the service sector.

gave

boost

to

telecom

network

providers

For example,

and

computers

gave a boost to software companies.

When

more

service

elements

changing
pushes

innovative

times,
the

products

attached

to

consumers

manufacturers

www.itmuniversityonline.org

are

them.

have
to

launched

This

become

focus

in

gives
more

their

the

market,

push

to

conscious

attention

on

there

the

of

is

an

service

quality

quality

than

increase

sector.
cost,

With
which

improvement

Page 2 1 2

in

and

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing

innovations.

of Services

In

this

process,

eBook

many

more

services

have

emerged

on

account

of

product

innovation.

Shift in Customer Preferences


Earlier generations did

not avail

many

in customer's preference provided


food,

computers,

travel,

picnic

services as compared

to today's generation.

Shift

more opportunities to services like entertainment, fast

resorts,

educational

institutions,

counseling,

retailing,

etc.

To

meet

compete

the
to

demand

provide

of

best

today's

growing

services to

the

customer

people,

preferences,

which

leads

to

many

organizations

immense growth

of the

industry.

1 0 . 8 Career Opportunities in the Service Sector


Employment
sector.

opportunities

There

Entrepreneurs
value,

are
have

certain
huge

communicating

generating

have

reasonable

augmented

areas

business

effectively,
profits.

The

in

the

due

service

opportunities
using
Indian

to

cost

increased

sector,

in

which

exploiting

effective

service

sector

growth
are

those

means
is

an

in

the

still

areas
for

service

untapped.
by

creating

delivery,

example

of

and

increasing

employment opportunities.

Recent trends suggest that demand


as

banking,

manage

trading,

their

financial

financial

for finance professionals

institutions,

activities.

New

and

and

real estate

emerging

is on

the

rise.

prefer finance

sectors,

such

as

Sectors such

professionals to

retail

sector,

can

also provide many job opportunities.

Advertising
client

industry

servicing,

has also

production,

provided
media

many job

department,

opportunities
market

in

the areas of creativity,

research,

event

management,

etc.

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 2 1 3

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

eBook

1 0 . 9 I n d u s t r i e s Classified
The

service

sector

is

an

important

u n d e r Service Sector

element

of

economy.

It

contributes

percent to the GDP of I n d i a . There are major industries involved

Here

is a list of major industries that are classified

1.

Transport and

3.

p u b l i c utilities

Communications

4.

Health services

5.

Wholesale and

6.

Legal services

7.

Hospitality services

8.

Educational services

9.

Personal services

1 0 . Tourism

services

1 1 . Business services

12.

State and

13.

14.

Social organizations offering

Table

10.10

services

10.9a Industries Classified

Emerging

Options

for

the

SO

under the service sector:

Entertainment services

Accounting

than

in the service sector.

2.

retail trade

more

local government services


services

under Service Sector

Youth

of

India

rn

Service

Sector
The top ten emerging
1.

Software

Foreign

options for the youth of I n d i a

Engineering

IT companies

provide information and

These companies have outsourced

support services to their customers.

t h e i r operations

job opportunities in the I n d i a n software

2.

in the service sector are:

in India and

created

many

new

industry.

Call Center

Call
in

centers

case

of

are

any

undergraduates
resolve

the

medium

problems
who

customer

or

have

queries

of interaction
queries.

sound

Call

between

centers

computer

politely.

This

customers

often

knowledge

industry

has

and

hire

fresh

and

who

provided

the

company,

graduates
are

and

trained

millions

of

to
job

opportunities in the past decade.

3.

Animation/Graphics

Employment
market

of

demand

video

of an

games

or

animator and
computer

graphic designer

games

has

increased

is

high.

the

The expanding

job

prospects

those who have the necessary s k i l l s .

www.itmuniversityonline.org

Page 214

for

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

Skilled,

laborious,

and

eBook

experienced

positions as art directors

animators/graphic designers can

in the field

of game

production

or some

advance their

other m u l t i m e d i a

companies.

4.

Hospitality

With
the

an

rise,

field

5.

increase
which

in

corporate,

ultimately

of commerce,

provides

science,

event

sector

offers

management,

great job

copywriting,

Tourism

Management

To

part

be

experience
individual

of

the

has

Employment
private

travel

enriching

great job

hospitality

opportunities

to

industry

graduates

is on

from

the

management, etc.

one

or

in

directorates and

opportunities
etc.

and

cargo

is

by

industry,
giving

skills,

personal experience,

are

get

client

Advertising

tourism

communication

can

in

servicing,

considered

space

to

be

selling,

the

right

creative skills.

enjoyable

opportunities

sector,

companies

and

good

about travel through

available

a job

in

companies,

is

whereas

make

services

to

personality,

the

users.

and

travel
If

an

knowledge

probably the best job.

both

travel

should

quality

pleasant

it

in

one

private and

companies,
in

the

public

hotels,

public

departments of tourism of the center and

sectors.

airlines,

sector,

one

In

the

transport

can

work

in

the state.

Radio Jockeying

FM
as

radio
a

has

career

people,

8.

family travel,

hotel and tourism

industry for people possessing

7.

and

Advertising

Advertising

6.

leisure,

become
is

one

gaining

of the

main

momentum

in

sources
India.

of entertainment.
Radio

jockeys

Radio jockeying

not

only

entertain

but they also provide latest information to keep the public updated.

TV Presentation/ Journalism

This field
has

given

is extremely
a

importance

stimulus
of

professionals,

innovative and
to

media,

television

there

is

both for print and

www.itmuniversityonline.org

versatile.

and

The increasing

journalism

sharp

increase

industry.
in

the

number of channels
With

the

demand

increasing
of

working

electronic media.

Page 2 1 5

Introduction to M a r k e t i n g

10.

Marketing of Services

9.

eBook

Investment Banking

Investment
provide

advice

acquisitions,
having

banking

is

to

and

one

their

joint

competency

of

the

clients

ventures.

in

math

emerging
on

This

and

fields

in

investment
industry

is

India.

Investment

options,

very

economics

along

one of the glamorous

fields;

such

much

with

as

suitable

bankers
mergers,

for

degree

in

people

business

ad ministration.

10.

Fashion

Photography

Fashion

photography

with

fashion

big

is

houses.

This

industry

and

requires creative

gives

a chance

people;

to

work

therefore you

will

find that many fashion houses hire people having creative skills.

1 0 . 1 1 Ethics in Services Marketing


There

have

been

various

ethical

issues and

concerns

regarding

the service

industry.

few of these are discussed ahead.

Aggressive

Promotions through Telemarketing or

Telemarketing

calls are u s u a l l y

made when

advertisements in which they are not


listen

to

the telemarketer,

salesperson may land

which

of customer

However,

be annoying

at

busy.

normally

ignore

in telemarketing they have to

times.

Even

or

By Permission

in

personal

selling,

potential

customer's

Marketing)

privacy

is

also

certain rules governing the privacy of a customer. There should


a customer should

People

up at an u n u s u a l time, which irritates the customer.

Invasion of Privacy (Rectified

Invasion

prospects are

interested.

can

Personal Selling

be called or contacted for advertising and

major

issue.

There

are

be a specified time when

sales promotion.

Customer

friendly promotional activities are considered good ethics in marketing of services.

Misleading

Misleading
company.
charges

Claims

claims
Many

or

are

p r o h i b i t ed

and

are

considered

dishonesty

on

brands provide false information to the customer and

information,

practices are considered

which

is

unethical

www.itmuniversityonline.org

known

to

the

customer

at

later

the

part

of

the

have many hidden


stage.

Such

in service marketing.

Page 2 1 6

false

Você também pode gostar